| File: | tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp |
| Warning: | line 268, column 11 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
| 1 | //===--- SemaExceptionSpec.cpp - C++ Exception Specifications ---*- C++ -*-===// | ||||||
| 2 | // | ||||||
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||
| 6 | // | ||||||
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
| 8 | // | ||||||
| 9 | // This file provides Sema routines for C++ exception specification testing. | ||||||
| 10 | // | ||||||
| 11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
| 12 | |||||||
| 13 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||||
| 14 | #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" | ||||||
| 15 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | ||||||
| 16 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | ||||||
| 17 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | ||||||
| 18 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" | ||||||
| 19 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" | ||||||
| 20 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | ||||||
| 21 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" | ||||||
| 22 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" | ||||||
| 23 | |||||||
| 24 | namespace clang { | ||||||
| 25 | |||||||
| 26 | static const FunctionProtoType *GetUnderlyingFunction(QualType T) | ||||||
| 27 | { | ||||||
| 28 | if (const PointerType *PtrTy = T->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
| 29 | T = PtrTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
| 30 | else if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||
| 31 | T = RefTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
| 32 | else if (const MemberPointerType *MPTy = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||
| 33 | T = MPTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
| 34 | return T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
| 35 | } | ||||||
| 36 | |||||||
| 37 | /// HACK: libstdc++ has a bug where it shadows std::swap with a member | ||||||
| 38 | /// swap function then tries to call std::swap unqualified from the exception | ||||||
| 39 | /// specification of that function. This function detects whether we're in | ||||||
| 40 | /// such a case and turns off delay-parsing of exception specifications. | ||||||
| 41 | bool Sema::isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D) { | ||||||
| 42 | auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); | ||||||
| 43 | |||||||
| 44 | // All the problem cases are member functions named "swap" within class | ||||||
| 45 | // templates declared directly within namespace std or std::__debug or | ||||||
| 46 | // std::__profile. | ||||||
| 47 | if (!RD || !RD->getIdentifier() || !RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() || | ||||||
| 48 | !D.getIdentifier() || !D.getIdentifier()->isStr("swap")) | ||||||
| 49 | return false; | ||||||
| 50 | |||||||
| 51 | auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(RD->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
| 52 | if (!ND) | ||||||
| 53 | return false; | ||||||
| 54 | |||||||
| 55 | bool IsInStd = ND->isStdNamespace(); | ||||||
| 56 | if (!IsInStd) { | ||||||
| 57 | // This isn't a direct member of namespace std, but it might still be | ||||||
| 58 | // libstdc++'s std::__debug::array or std::__profile::array. | ||||||
| 59 | IdentifierInfo *II = ND->getIdentifier(); | ||||||
| 60 | if (!II || !(II->isStr("__debug") || II->isStr("__profile")) || | ||||||
| 61 | !ND->isInStdNamespace()) | ||||||
| 62 | return false; | ||||||
| 63 | } | ||||||
| 64 | |||||||
| 65 | // Only apply this hack within a system header. | ||||||
| 66 | if (!Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(D.getBeginLoc())) | ||||||
| 67 | return false; | ||||||
| 68 | |||||||
| 69 | return llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(RD->getIdentifier()->getName()) | ||||||
| 70 | .Case("array", true) | ||||||
| 71 | .Case("pair", IsInStd) | ||||||
| 72 | .Case("priority_queue", IsInStd) | ||||||
| 73 | .Case("stack", IsInStd) | ||||||
| 74 | .Case("queue", IsInStd) | ||||||
| 75 | .Default(false); | ||||||
| 76 | } | ||||||
| 77 | |||||||
| 78 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptSpec(SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, | ||||||
| 79 | Expr *NoexceptExpr, | ||||||
| 80 | ExceptionSpecificationType &EST) { | ||||||
| 81 | // FIXME: This is bogus, a noexcept expression is not a condition. | ||||||
| 82 | ExprResult Converted = CheckBooleanCondition(NoexceptLoc, NoexceptExpr); | ||||||
| 83 | if (Converted.isInvalid()) | ||||||
| 84 | return Converted; | ||||||
| 85 | |||||||
| 86 | if (Converted.get()->isValueDependent()) { | ||||||
| 87 | EST = EST_DependentNoexcept; | ||||||
| 88 | return Converted; | ||||||
| 89 | } | ||||||
| 90 | |||||||
| 91 | llvm::APSInt Result; | ||||||
| 92 | Converted = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression( | ||||||
| 93 | Converted.get(), &Result, | ||||||
| 94 | diag::err_noexcept_needs_constant_expression, | ||||||
| 95 | /*AllowFold*/ false); | ||||||
| 96 | if (!Converted.isInvalid()) | ||||||
| 97 | EST = !Result ? EST_NoexceptFalse : EST_NoexceptTrue; | ||||||
| 98 | return Converted; | ||||||
| 99 | } | ||||||
| 100 | |||||||
| 101 | /// CheckSpecifiedExceptionType - Check if the given type is valid in an | ||||||
| 102 | /// exception specification. Incomplete types, or pointers to incomplete types | ||||||
| 103 | /// other than void are not allowed. | ||||||
| 104 | /// | ||||||
| 105 | /// \param[in,out] T The exception type. This will be decayed to a pointer type | ||||||
| 106 | /// when the input is an array or a function type. | ||||||
| 107 | bool Sema::CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range) { | ||||||
| 108 | // C++11 [except.spec]p2: | ||||||
| 109 | // A type cv T, "array of T", or "function returning T" denoted | ||||||
| 110 | // in an exception-specification is adjusted to type T, "pointer to T", or | ||||||
| 111 | // "pointer to function returning T", respectively. | ||||||
| 112 | // | ||||||
| 113 | // We also apply this rule in C++98. | ||||||
| 114 | if (T->isArrayType()) | ||||||
| 115 | T = Context.getArrayDecayedType(T); | ||||||
| 116 | else if (T->isFunctionType()) | ||||||
| 117 | T = Context.getPointerType(T); | ||||||
| 118 | |||||||
| 119 | int Kind = 0; | ||||||
| 120 | QualType PointeeT = T; | ||||||
| 121 | if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
| 122 | PointeeT = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
| 123 | Kind = 1; | ||||||
| 124 | |||||||
| 125 | // cv void* is explicitly permitted, despite being a pointer to an | ||||||
| 126 | // incomplete type. | ||||||
| 127 | if (PointeeT->isVoidType()) | ||||||
| 128 | return false; | ||||||
| 129 | } else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||||
| 130 | PointeeT = RT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
| 131 | Kind = 2; | ||||||
| 132 | |||||||
| 133 | if (RT->isRValueReferenceType()) { | ||||||
| 134 | // C++11 [except.spec]p2: | ||||||
| 135 | // A type denoted in an exception-specification shall not denote [...] | ||||||
| 136 | // an rvalue reference type. | ||||||
| 137 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_rref_in_exception_spec) | ||||||
| 138 | << T << Range; | ||||||
| 139 | return true; | ||||||
| 140 | } | ||||||
| 141 | } | ||||||
| 142 | |||||||
| 143 | // C++11 [except.spec]p2: | ||||||
| 144 | // A type denoted in an exception-specification shall not denote an | ||||||
| 145 | // incomplete type other than a class currently being defined [...]. | ||||||
| 146 | // A type denoted in an exception-specification shall not denote a | ||||||
| 147 | // pointer or reference to an incomplete type, other than (cv) void* or a | ||||||
| 148 | // pointer or reference to a class currently being defined. | ||||||
| 149 | // In Microsoft mode, downgrade this to a warning. | ||||||
| 150 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_incomplete_in_exception_spec; | ||||||
| 151 | bool ReturnValueOnError = true; | ||||||
| 152 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { | ||||||
| 153 | DiagID = diag::ext_incomplete_in_exception_spec; | ||||||
| 154 | ReturnValueOnError = false; | ||||||
| 155 | } | ||||||
| 156 | if (!(PointeeT->isRecordType() && | ||||||
| 157 | PointeeT->castAs<RecordType>()->isBeingDefined()) && | ||||||
| 158 | RequireCompleteType(Range.getBegin(), PointeeT, DiagID, Kind, Range)) | ||||||
| 159 | return ReturnValueOnError; | ||||||
| 160 | |||||||
| 161 | return false; | ||||||
| 162 | } | ||||||
| 163 | |||||||
| 164 | /// CheckDistantExceptionSpec - Check if the given type is a pointer or pointer | ||||||
| 165 | /// to member to a function with an exception specification. This means that | ||||||
| 166 | /// it is invalid to add another level of indirection. | ||||||
| 167 | bool Sema::CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T) { | ||||||
| 168 | // C++17 removes this rule in favor of putting exception specifications into | ||||||
| 169 | // the type system. | ||||||
| 170 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) | ||||||
| 171 | return false; | ||||||
| 172 | |||||||
| 173 | if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
| 174 | T = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
| 175 | else if (const MemberPointerType *PT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||
| 176 | T = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
| 177 | else | ||||||
| 178 | return false; | ||||||
| 179 | |||||||
| 180 | const FunctionProtoType *FnT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
| 181 | if (!FnT) | ||||||
| 182 | return false; | ||||||
| 183 | |||||||
| 184 | return FnT->hasExceptionSpec(); | ||||||
| 185 | } | ||||||
| 186 | |||||||
| 187 | const FunctionProtoType * | ||||||
| 188 | Sema::ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, const FunctionProtoType *FPT) { | ||||||
| 189 | if (FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Unparsed) { | ||||||
| 190 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_exception_spec_not_parsed); | ||||||
| 191 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 192 | } | ||||||
| 193 | |||||||
| 194 | if (!isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType())) | ||||||
| 195 | return FPT; | ||||||
| 196 | |||||||
| 197 | FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = FPT->getExceptionSpecDecl(); | ||||||
| 198 | const FunctionProtoType *SourceFPT = | ||||||
| 199 | SourceDecl->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
| 200 | |||||||
| 201 | // If the exception specification has already been resolved, just return it. | ||||||
| 202 | if (!isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(SourceFPT->getExceptionSpecType())) | ||||||
| 203 | return SourceFPT; | ||||||
| 204 | |||||||
| 205 | // Compute or instantiate the exception specification now. | ||||||
| 206 | if (SourceFPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Unevaluated) | ||||||
| 207 | EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(Loc, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SourceDecl)); | ||||||
| 208 | else | ||||||
| 209 | InstantiateExceptionSpec(Loc, SourceDecl); | ||||||
| 210 | |||||||
| 211 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto = | ||||||
| 212 | SourceDecl->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
| 213 | if (Proto->getExceptionSpecType() == clang::EST_Unparsed) { | ||||||
| 214 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_exception_spec_not_parsed); | ||||||
| 215 | Proto = nullptr; | ||||||
| 216 | } | ||||||
| 217 | return Proto; | ||||||
| 218 | } | ||||||
| 219 | |||||||
| 220 | void | ||||||
| 221 | Sema::UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD, | ||||||
| 222 | const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { | ||||||
| 223 | // If we've fully resolved the exception specification, notify listeners. | ||||||
| 224 | if (!isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(ESI.Type)) | ||||||
| 225 | if (auto *Listener = getASTMutationListener()) | ||||||
| 226 | Listener->ResolvedExceptionSpec(FD); | ||||||
| 227 | |||||||
| 228 | for (FunctionDecl *Redecl : FD->redecls()) | ||||||
| 229 | Context.adjustExceptionSpec(Redecl, ESI); | ||||||
| 230 | } | ||||||
| 231 | |||||||
| 232 | static bool exceptionSpecNotKnownYet(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||
| 233 | auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); | ||||||
| 234 | if (!MD) | ||||||
| 235 | return false; | ||||||
| 236 | |||||||
| 237 | auto EST = MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType(); | ||||||
| 238 | return EST == EST_Unparsed || | ||||||
| 239 | (EST == EST_Unevaluated && MD->getParent()->isBeingDefined()); | ||||||
| 240 | } | ||||||
| 241 | |||||||
| 242 | static bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpecImpl( | ||||||
| 243 | Sema &S, const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, | ||||||
| 244 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, | ||||||
| 245 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, | ||||||
| 246 | bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = nullptr, | ||||||
| 247 | bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = nullptr, | ||||||
| 248 | bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, bool IsOperatorNew = false); | ||||||
| 249 | |||||||
| 250 | /// Determine whether a function has an implicitly-generated exception | ||||||
| 251 | /// specification. | ||||||
| 252 | static bool hasImplicitExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Decl) { | ||||||
| 253 | if (!isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Decl) && | ||||||
| 254 | Decl->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete && | ||||||
| 255 | Decl->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete) | ||||||
| 256 | return false; | ||||||
| 257 | |||||||
| 258 | // For a function that the user didn't declare: | ||||||
| 259 | // - if this is a destructor, its exception specification is implicit. | ||||||
| 260 | // - if this is 'operator delete' or 'operator delete[]', the exception | ||||||
| 261 | // specification is as-if an explicit exception specification was given | ||||||
| 262 | // (per [basic.stc.dynamic]p2). | ||||||
| 263 | if (!Decl->getTypeSourceInfo()) | ||||||
| 264 | return isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Decl); | ||||||
| 265 | |||||||
| 266 | const FunctionProtoType *Ty = | ||||||
| 267 | Decl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
| 268 | return !Ty->hasExceptionSpec(); | ||||||
| |||||||
| 269 | } | ||||||
| 270 | |||||||
| 271 | bool Sema::CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New) { | ||||||
| 272 | // Just completely ignore this under -fno-exceptions prior to C++17. | ||||||
| 273 | // In C++17 onwards, the exception specification is part of the type and | ||||||
| 274 | // we will diagnose mismatches anyway, so it's better to check for them here. | ||||||
| 275 | if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) | ||||||
| |||||||
| 276 | return false; | ||||||
| 277 | |||||||
| 278 | OverloadedOperatorKind OO = New->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator(); | ||||||
| 279 | bool IsOperatorNew = OO
| ||||||
| 280 | bool MissingExceptionSpecification = false; | ||||||
| 281 | bool MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = false; | ||||||
| 282 | |||||||
| 283 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_mismatched_exception_spec; | ||||||
| 284 | bool ReturnValueOnError = true; | ||||||
| 285 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { | ||||||
| 286 | DiagID = diag::ext_mismatched_exception_spec; | ||||||
| 287 | ReturnValueOnError = false; | ||||||
| 288 | } | ||||||
| 289 | |||||||
| 290 | // If we're befriending a member function of a class that's currently being | ||||||
| 291 | // defined, we might not be able to work out its exception specification yet. | ||||||
| 292 | // If not, defer the check until later. | ||||||
| 293 | if (exceptionSpecNotKnownYet(Old) || exceptionSpecNotKnownYet(New)) { | ||||||
| 294 | DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.push_back({New, Old}); | ||||||
| 295 | return false; | ||||||
| 296 | } | ||||||
| 297 | |||||||
| 298 | // Check the types as written: they must match before any exception | ||||||
| 299 | // specification adjustment is applied. | ||||||
| 300 | if (!CheckEquivalentExceptionSpecImpl( | ||||||
| 301 | *this, PDiag(DiagID), PDiag(diag::note_previous_declaration), | ||||||
| 302 | Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), Old->getLocation(), | ||||||
| 303 | New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), New->getLocation(), | ||||||
| 304 | &MissingExceptionSpecification, &MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification, | ||||||
| 305 | /*AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec=*/true, IsOperatorNew)) { | ||||||
| 306 | // C++11 [except.spec]p4 [DR1492]: | ||||||
| 307 | // If a declaration of a function has an implicit | ||||||
| 308 | // exception-specification, other declarations of the function shall | ||||||
| 309 | // not specify an exception-specification. | ||||||
| 310 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && | ||||||
| 311 | hasImplicitExceptionSpec(Old) != hasImplicitExceptionSpec(New)) { | ||||||
| 312 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_implicit_exception_spec_mismatch) | ||||||
| 313 | << hasImplicitExceptionSpec(Old); | ||||||
| 314 | if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) | ||||||
| 315 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||||
| 316 | } | ||||||
| 317 | return false; | ||||||
| 318 | } | ||||||
| 319 | |||||||
| 320 | // The failure was something other than an missing exception | ||||||
| 321 | // specification; return an error, except in MS mode where this is a warning. | ||||||
| 322 | if (!MissingExceptionSpecification) | ||||||
| 323 | return ReturnValueOnError; | ||||||
| 324 | |||||||
| 325 | const FunctionProtoType *NewProto = | ||||||
| 326 | New->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
| 327 | |||||||
| 328 | // The new function declaration is only missing an empty exception | ||||||
| 329 | // specification "throw()". If the throw() specification came from a | ||||||
| 330 | // function in a system header that has C linkage, just add an empty | ||||||
| 331 | // exception specification to the "new" declaration. Note that C library | ||||||
| 332 | // implementations are permitted to add these nothrow exception | ||||||
| 333 | // specifications. | ||||||
| 334 | // | ||||||
| 335 | // Likewise if the old function is a builtin. | ||||||
| 336 | if (MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification && NewProto && | ||||||
| 337 | (Old->getLocation().isInvalid() || | ||||||
| 338 | Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || | ||||||
| 339 | Old->getBuiltinID()) && | ||||||
| 340 | Old->isExternC()) { | ||||||
| 341 | New->setType(Context.getFunctionType( | ||||||
| 342 | NewProto->getReturnType(), NewProto->getParamTypes(), | ||||||
| 343 | NewProto->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_DynamicNone))); | ||||||
| 344 | return false; | ||||||
| 345 | } | ||||||
| 346 | |||||||
| 347 | const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = | ||||||
| 348 | Old->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
| 349 | |||||||
| 350 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI = OldProto->getExceptionSpecType(); | ||||||
| 351 | if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) { | ||||||
| 352 | // FIXME: What if the exceptions are described in terms of the old | ||||||
| 353 | // prototype's parameters? | ||||||
| 354 | ESI.Exceptions = OldProto->exceptions(); | ||||||
| 355 | } | ||||||
| 356 | |||||||
| 357 | if (ESI.Type == EST_NoexceptFalse) | ||||||
| 358 | ESI.Type = EST_None; | ||||||
| 359 | if (ESI.Type == EST_NoexceptTrue) | ||||||
| 360 | ESI.Type = EST_BasicNoexcept; | ||||||
| 361 | |||||||
| 362 | // For dependent noexcept, we can't just take the expression from the old | ||||||
| 363 | // prototype. It likely contains references to the old prototype's parameters. | ||||||
| 364 | if (ESI.Type == EST_DependentNoexcept) { | ||||||
| 365 | New->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||
| 366 | } else { | ||||||
| 367 | // Update the type of the function with the appropriate exception | ||||||
| 368 | // specification. | ||||||
| 369 | New->setType(Context.getFunctionType( | ||||||
| 370 | NewProto->getReturnType(), NewProto->getParamTypes(), | ||||||
| 371 | NewProto->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(ESI))); | ||||||
| 372 | } | ||||||
| 373 | |||||||
| 374 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ESI.Type != EST_DependentNoexcept) { | ||||||
| 375 | // Allow missing exception specifications in redeclarations as an extension. | ||||||
| 376 | DiagID = diag::ext_ms_missing_exception_specification; | ||||||
| 377 | ReturnValueOnError = false; | ||||||
| 378 | } else if (New->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && | ||||||
| 379 | ESI.Type != EST_DependentNoexcept) { | ||||||
| 380 | // Allow missing exception specifications in redeclarations as an extension, | ||||||
| 381 | // when declaring a replaceable global allocation function. | ||||||
| 382 | DiagID = diag::ext_missing_exception_specification; | ||||||
| 383 | ReturnValueOnError = false; | ||||||
| 384 | } else if (ESI.Type == EST_NoThrow) { | ||||||
| 385 | // Allow missing attribute 'nothrow' in redeclarations, since this is a very | ||||||
| 386 | // common omission. | ||||||
| 387 | DiagID = diag::ext_missing_exception_specification; | ||||||
| 388 | ReturnValueOnError = false; | ||||||
| 389 | } else { | ||||||
| 390 | DiagID = diag::err_missing_exception_specification; | ||||||
| 391 | ReturnValueOnError = true; | ||||||
| 392 | } | ||||||
| 393 | |||||||
| 394 | // Warn about the lack of exception specification. | ||||||
| 395 | SmallString<128> ExceptionSpecString; | ||||||
| 396 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(ExceptionSpecString); | ||||||
| 397 | switch (OldProto->getExceptionSpecType()) { | ||||||
| 398 | case EST_DynamicNone: | ||||||
| 399 | OS << "throw()"; | ||||||
| 400 | break; | ||||||
| 401 | |||||||
| 402 | case EST_Dynamic: { | ||||||
| 403 | OS << "throw("; | ||||||
| 404 | bool OnFirstException = true; | ||||||
| 405 | for (const auto &E : OldProto->exceptions()) { | ||||||
| 406 | if (OnFirstException) | ||||||
| 407 | OnFirstException = false; | ||||||
| 408 | else | ||||||
| 409 | OS << ", "; | ||||||
| 410 | |||||||
| 411 | OS << E.getAsString(getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||||
| 412 | } | ||||||
| 413 | OS << ")"; | ||||||
| 414 | break; | ||||||
| 415 | } | ||||||
| 416 | |||||||
| 417 | case EST_BasicNoexcept: | ||||||
| 418 | OS << "noexcept"; | ||||||
| 419 | break; | ||||||
| 420 | |||||||
| 421 | case EST_DependentNoexcept: | ||||||
| 422 | case EST_NoexceptFalse: | ||||||
| 423 | case EST_NoexceptTrue: | ||||||
| 424 | OS << "noexcept("; | ||||||
| 425 | assert(OldProto->getNoexceptExpr() != nullptr && "Expected non-null Expr")((OldProto->getNoexceptExpr() != nullptr && "Expected non-null Expr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("OldProto->getNoexceptExpr() != nullptr && \"Expected non-null Expr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp" , 425, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
| 426 | OldProto->getNoexceptExpr()->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||||
| 427 | OS << ")"; | ||||||
| 428 | break; | ||||||
| 429 | case EST_NoThrow: | ||||||
| 430 | OS <<"__attribute__((nothrow))"; | ||||||
| 431 | break; | ||||||
| 432 | case EST_None: | ||||||
| 433 | case EST_MSAny: | ||||||
| 434 | case EST_Unevaluated: | ||||||
| 435 | case EST_Uninstantiated: | ||||||
| 436 | case EST_Unparsed: | ||||||
| 437 | llvm_unreachable("This spec type is compatible with none.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("This spec type is compatible with none." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp" , 437); | ||||||
| 438 | } | ||||||
| 439 | |||||||
| 440 | SourceLocation FixItLoc; | ||||||
| 441 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = New->getTypeSourceInfo()) { | ||||||
| 442 | TypeLoc TL = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens(); | ||||||
| 443 | // FIXME: Preserve enough information so that we can produce a correct fixit | ||||||
| 444 | // location when there is a trailing return type. | ||||||
| 445 | if (auto FTLoc = TL.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>()) | ||||||
| 446 | if (!FTLoc.getTypePtr()->hasTrailingReturn()) | ||||||
| 447 | FixItLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTLoc.getLocalRangeEnd()); | ||||||
| 448 | } | ||||||
| 449 | |||||||
| 450 | if (FixItLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||||
| 451 | Diag(New->getLocation(), DiagID) | ||||||
| 452 | << New << OS.str(); | ||||||
| 453 | else { | ||||||
| 454 | Diag(New->getLocation(), DiagID) | ||||||
| 455 | << New << OS.str() | ||||||
| 456 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FixItLoc, " " + OS.str().str()); | ||||||
| 457 | } | ||||||
| 458 | |||||||
| 459 | if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) | ||||||
| 460 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||||
| 461 | |||||||
| 462 | return ReturnValueOnError; | ||||||
| 463 | } | ||||||
| 464 | |||||||
| 465 | /// CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec - Check if the two types have equivalent | ||||||
| 466 | /// exception specifications. Exception specifications are equivalent if | ||||||
| 467 | /// they allow exactly the same set of exception types. It does not matter how | ||||||
| 468 | /// that is achieved. See C++ [except.spec]p2. | ||||||
| 469 | bool Sema::CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( | ||||||
| 470 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, | ||||||
| 471 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc) { | ||||||
| 472 | if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) | ||||||
| 473 | return false; | ||||||
| 474 | |||||||
| 475 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_mismatched_exception_spec; | ||||||
| 476 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) | ||||||
| 477 | DiagID = diag::ext_mismatched_exception_spec; | ||||||
| 478 | bool Result = CheckEquivalentExceptionSpecImpl( | ||||||
| 479 | *this, PDiag(DiagID), PDiag(diag::note_previous_declaration), | ||||||
| 480 | Old, OldLoc, New, NewLoc); | ||||||
| 481 | |||||||
| 482 | // In Microsoft mode, mismatching exception specifications just cause a warning. | ||||||
| 483 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) | ||||||
| 484 | return false; | ||||||
| 485 | return Result; | ||||||
| 486 | } | ||||||
| 487 | |||||||
| 488 | /// CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec - Check if the two types have compatible | ||||||
| 489 | /// exception specifications. See C++ [except.spec]p3. | ||||||
| 490 | /// | ||||||
| 491 | /// \return \c false if the exception specifications match, \c true if there is | ||||||
| 492 | /// a problem. If \c true is returned, either a diagnostic has already been | ||||||
| 493 | /// produced or \c *MissingExceptionSpecification is set to \c true. | ||||||
| 494 | static bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpecImpl( | ||||||
| 495 | Sema &S, const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, | ||||||
| 496 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, | ||||||
| 497 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, | ||||||
| 498 | bool *MissingExceptionSpecification, | ||||||
| 499 | bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification, | ||||||
| 500 | bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec, bool IsOperatorNew) { | ||||||
| 501 | if (MissingExceptionSpecification) | ||||||
| 502 | *MissingExceptionSpecification = false; | ||||||
| 503 | |||||||
| 504 | if (MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification) | ||||||
| 505 | *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = false; | ||||||
| 506 | |||||||
| 507 | Old = S.ResolveExceptionSpec(NewLoc, Old); | ||||||
| 508 | if (!Old) | ||||||
| 509 | return false; | ||||||
| 510 | New = S.ResolveExceptionSpec(NewLoc, New); | ||||||
| 511 | if (!New) | ||||||
| 512 | return false; | ||||||
| 513 | |||||||
| 514 | // C++0x [except.spec]p3: Two exception-specifications are compatible if: | ||||||
| 515 | // - both are non-throwing, regardless of their form, | ||||||
| 516 | // - both have the form noexcept(constant-expression) and the constant- | ||||||
| 517 | // expressions are equivalent, | ||||||
| 518 | // - both are dynamic-exception-specifications that have the same set of | ||||||
| 519 | // adjusted types. | ||||||
| 520 | // | ||||||
| 521 | // C++0x [except.spec]p12: An exception-specification is non-throwing if it is | ||||||
| 522 | // of the form throw(), noexcept, or noexcept(constant-expression) where the | ||||||
| 523 | // constant-expression yields true. | ||||||
| 524 | // | ||||||
| 525 | // C++0x [except.spec]p4: If any declaration of a function has an exception- | ||||||
| 526 | // specifier that is not a noexcept-specification allowing all exceptions, | ||||||
| 527 | // all declarations [...] of that function shall have a compatible | ||||||
| 528 | // exception-specification. | ||||||
| 529 | // | ||||||
| 530 | // That last point basically means that noexcept(false) matches no spec. | ||||||
| 531 | // It's considered when AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec is true. | ||||||
| 532 | |||||||
| 533 | ExceptionSpecificationType OldEST = Old->getExceptionSpecType(); | ||||||
| 534 | ExceptionSpecificationType NewEST = New->getExceptionSpecType(); | ||||||
| 535 | |||||||
| 536 | assert(!isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(OldEST) &&((!isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(OldEST) && !isUnresolvedExceptionSpec (NewEST) && "Shouldn't see unknown exception specifications here" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(OldEST) && !isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(NewEST) && \"Shouldn't see unknown exception specifications here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp" , 538, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
| 537 | !isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(NewEST) &&((!isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(OldEST) && !isUnresolvedExceptionSpec (NewEST) && "Shouldn't see unknown exception specifications here" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(OldEST) && !isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(NewEST) && \"Shouldn't see unknown exception specifications here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp" , 538, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
| 538 | "Shouldn't see unknown exception specifications here")((!isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(OldEST) && !isUnresolvedExceptionSpec (NewEST) && "Shouldn't see unknown exception specifications here" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(OldEST) && !isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(NewEST) && \"Shouldn't see unknown exception specifications here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp" , 538, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
| 539 | |||||||
| 540 | CanThrowResult OldCanThrow = Old->canThrow(); | ||||||
| 541 | CanThrowResult NewCanThrow = New->canThrow(); | ||||||
| 542 | |||||||
| 543 | // Any non-throwing specifications are compatible. | ||||||
| 544 | if (OldCanThrow == CT_Cannot && NewCanThrow == CT_Cannot) | ||||||
| 545 | return false; | ||||||
| 546 | |||||||
| 547 | // Any throws-anything specifications are usually compatible. | ||||||
| 548 | if (OldCanThrow == CT_Can && OldEST != EST_Dynamic && | ||||||
| 549 | NewCanThrow == CT_Can && NewEST != EST_Dynamic) { | ||||||
| 550 | // The exception is that the absence of an exception specification only | ||||||
| 551 | // matches noexcept(false) for functions, as described above. | ||||||
| 552 | if (!AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec && | ||||||
| 553 | ((OldEST == EST_None && NewEST == EST_NoexceptFalse) || | ||||||
| 554 | (OldEST == EST_NoexceptFalse && NewEST == EST_None))) { | ||||||
| 555 | // This is the disallowed case. | ||||||
| 556 | } else { | ||||||
| 557 | return false; | ||||||
| 558 | } | ||||||
| 559 | } | ||||||
| 560 | |||||||
| 561 | // C++14 [except.spec]p3: | ||||||
| 562 | // Two exception-specifications are compatible if [...] both have the form | ||||||
| 563 | // noexcept(constant-expression) and the constant-expressions are equivalent | ||||||
| 564 | if (OldEST == EST_DependentNoexcept && NewEST == EST_DependentNoexcept) { | ||||||
| 565 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID OldFSN, NewFSN; | ||||||
| 566 | Old->getNoexceptExpr()->Profile(OldFSN, S.Context, true); | ||||||
| 567 | New->getNoexceptExpr()->Profile(NewFSN, S.Context, true); | ||||||
| 568 | if (OldFSN == NewFSN) | ||||||
| 569 | return false; | ||||||
| 570 | } | ||||||
| 571 | |||||||
| 572 | // Dynamic exception specifications with the same set of adjusted types | ||||||
| 573 | // are compatible. | ||||||
| 574 | if (OldEST == EST_Dynamic && NewEST == EST_Dynamic) { | ||||||
| 575 | bool Success = true; | ||||||
| 576 | // Both have a dynamic exception spec. Collect the first set, then compare | ||||||
| 577 | // to the second. | ||||||
| 578 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 8> OldTypes, NewTypes; | ||||||
| 579 | for (const auto &I : Old->exceptions()) | ||||||
| 580 | OldTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(I).getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||
| 581 | |||||||
| 582 | for (const auto &I : New->exceptions()) { | ||||||
| 583 | CanQualType TypePtr = S.Context.getCanonicalType(I).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
| 584 | if (OldTypes.count(TypePtr)) | ||||||
| 585 | NewTypes.insert(TypePtr); | ||||||
| 586 | else { | ||||||
| 587 | Success = false; | ||||||
| 588 | break; | ||||||
| 589 | } | ||||||
| 590 | } | ||||||
| 591 | |||||||
| 592 | if (Success && OldTypes.size() == NewTypes.size()) | ||||||
| 593 | return false; | ||||||
| 594 | } | ||||||
| 595 | |||||||
| 596 | // As a special compatibility feature, under C++0x we accept no spec and | ||||||
| 597 | // throw(std::bad_alloc) as equivalent for operator new and operator new[]. | ||||||
| 598 | // This is because the implicit declaration changed, but old code would break. | ||||||
| 599 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && IsOperatorNew) { | ||||||
| 600 | const FunctionProtoType *WithExceptions = nullptr; | ||||||
| 601 | if (OldEST == EST_None && NewEST == EST_Dynamic) | ||||||
| 602 | WithExceptions = New; | ||||||
| 603 | else if (OldEST == EST_Dynamic && NewEST == EST_None) | ||||||
| 604 | WithExceptions = Old; | ||||||
| 605 | if (WithExceptions && WithExceptions->getNumExceptions() == 1) { | ||||||
| 606 | // One has no spec, the other throw(something). If that something is | ||||||
| 607 | // std::bad_alloc, all conditions are met. | ||||||
| 608 | QualType Exception = *WithExceptions->exception_begin(); | ||||||
| 609 | if (CXXRecordDecl *ExRecord = Exception->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { | ||||||
| 610 | IdentifierInfo* Name = ExRecord->getIdentifier(); | ||||||
| 611 | if (Name && Name->getName() == "bad_alloc") { | ||||||
| 612 | // It's called bad_alloc, but is it in std? | ||||||
| 613 | if (ExRecord->isInStdNamespace()) { | ||||||
| 614 | return false; | ||||||
| 615 | } | ||||||
| 616 | } | ||||||
| 617 | } | ||||||
| 618 | } | ||||||
| 619 | } | ||||||
| 620 | |||||||
| 621 | // If the caller wants to handle the case that the new function is | ||||||
| 622 | // incompatible due to a missing exception specification, let it. | ||||||
| 623 | if (MissingExceptionSpecification && OldEST != EST_None && | ||||||
| 624 | NewEST == EST_None) { | ||||||
| 625 | // The old type has an exception specification of some sort, but | ||||||
| 626 | // the new type does not. | ||||||
| 627 | *MissingExceptionSpecification = true; | ||||||
| 628 | |||||||
| 629 | if (MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification && OldCanThrow == CT_Cannot) { | ||||||
| 630 | // The old type has a throw() or noexcept(true) exception specification | ||||||
| 631 | // and the new type has no exception specification, and the caller asked | ||||||
| 632 | // to handle this itself. | ||||||
| 633 | *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = true; | ||||||
| 634 | } | ||||||
| 635 | |||||||
| 636 | return true; | ||||||
| 637 | } | ||||||
| 638 | |||||||
| 639 | S.Diag(NewLoc, DiagID); | ||||||
| 640 | if (NoteID.getDiagID() != 0 && OldLoc.isValid()) | ||||||
| 641 | S.Diag(OldLoc, NoteID); | ||||||
| 642 | return true; | ||||||
| 643 | } | ||||||
| 644 | |||||||
| 645 | bool Sema::CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, | ||||||
| 646 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, | ||||||
| 647 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, | ||||||
| 648 | SourceLocation OldLoc, | ||||||
| 649 | const FunctionProtoType *New, | ||||||
| 650 | SourceLocation NewLoc) { | ||||||
| 651 | if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) | ||||||
| 652 | return false; | ||||||
| 653 | return CheckEquivalentExceptionSpecImpl(*this, DiagID, NoteID, Old, OldLoc, | ||||||
| 654 | New, NewLoc); | ||||||
| 655 | } | ||||||
| 656 | |||||||
| 657 | bool Sema::handlerCanCatch(QualType HandlerType, QualType ExceptionType) { | ||||||
| 658 | // [except.handle]p3: | ||||||
| 659 | // A handler is a match for an exception object of type E if: | ||||||
| 660 | |||||||
| 661 | // HandlerType must be ExceptionType or derived from it, or pointer or | ||||||
| 662 | // reference to such types. | ||||||
| 663 | const ReferenceType *RefTy = HandlerType->getAs<ReferenceType>(); | ||||||
| 664 | if (RefTy) | ||||||
| 665 | HandlerType = RefTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
| 666 | |||||||
| 667 | // -- the handler is of type cv T or cv T& and E and T are the same type | ||||||
| 668 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ExceptionType, HandlerType)) | ||||||
| 669 | return true; | ||||||
| 670 | |||||||
| 671 | // FIXME: ObjC pointer types? | ||||||
| 672 | if (HandlerType->isPointerType() || HandlerType->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||||
| 673 | if (RefTy && (!HandlerType.isConstQualified() || | ||||||
| 674 | HandlerType.isVolatileQualified())) | ||||||
| 675 | return false; | ||||||
| 676 | |||||||
| 677 | // -- the handler is of type cv T or const T& where T is a pointer or | ||||||
| 678 | // pointer to member type and E is std::nullptr_t | ||||||
| 679 | if (ExceptionType->isNullPtrType()) | ||||||
| 680 | return true; | ||||||
| 681 | |||||||
| 682 | // -- the handler is of type cv T or const T& where T is a pointer or | ||||||
| 683 | // pointer to member type and E is a pointer or pointer to member type | ||||||
| 684 | // that can be converted to T by one or more of | ||||||
| 685 | // -- a qualification conversion | ||||||
| 686 | // -- a function pointer conversion | ||||||
| 687 | bool LifetimeConv; | ||||||
| 688 | QualType Result; | ||||||
| 689 | // FIXME: Should we treat the exception as catchable if a lifetime | ||||||
| 690 | // conversion is required? | ||||||
| 691 | if (IsQualificationConversion(ExceptionType, HandlerType, false, | ||||||
| 692 | LifetimeConv) || | ||||||
| 693 | IsFunctionConversion(ExceptionType, HandlerType, Result)) | ||||||
| 694 | return true; | ||||||
| 695 | |||||||
| 696 | // -- a standard pointer conversion [...] | ||||||
| 697 | if (!ExceptionType->isPointerType() || !HandlerType->isPointerType()) | ||||||
| 698 | return false; | ||||||
| 699 | |||||||
| 700 | // Handle the "qualification conversion" portion. | ||||||
| 701 | Qualifiers EQuals, HQuals; | ||||||
| 702 | ExceptionType = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType( | ||||||
| 703 | ExceptionType->getPointeeType(), EQuals); | ||||||
| 704 | HandlerType = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType( | ||||||
| 705 | HandlerType->getPointeeType(), HQuals); | ||||||
| 706 | if (!HQuals.compatiblyIncludes(EQuals)) | ||||||
| 707 | return false; | ||||||
| 708 | |||||||
| 709 | if (HandlerType->isVoidType() && ExceptionType->isObjectType()) | ||||||
| 710 | return true; | ||||||
| 711 | |||||||
| 712 | // The only remaining case is a derived-to-base conversion. | ||||||
| 713 | } | ||||||
| 714 | |||||||
| 715 | // -- the handler is of type cg T or cv T& and T is an unambiguous public | ||||||
| 716 | // base class of E | ||||||
| 717 | if (!ExceptionType->isRecordType() || !HandlerType->isRecordType()) | ||||||
| 718 | return false; | ||||||
| 719 | CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true, | ||||||
| 720 | /*DetectVirtual=*/false); | ||||||
| 721 | if (!IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation(), ExceptionType, HandlerType, Paths) || | ||||||
| 722 | Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(HandlerType))) | ||||||
| 723 | return false; | ||||||
| 724 | |||||||
| 725 | // Do this check from a context without privileges. | ||||||
| 726 | switch (CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation(), HandlerType, ExceptionType, | ||||||
| 727 | Paths.front(), | ||||||
| 728 | /*Diagnostic*/ 0, | ||||||
| 729 | /*ForceCheck*/ true, | ||||||
| 730 | /*ForceUnprivileged*/ true)) { | ||||||
| 731 | case AR_accessible: return true; | ||||||
| 732 | case AR_inaccessible: return false; | ||||||
| 733 | case AR_dependent: | ||||||
| 734 | llvm_unreachable("access check dependent for unprivileged context")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("access check dependent for unprivileged context" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp" , 734); | ||||||
| 735 | case AR_delayed: | ||||||
| 736 | llvm_unreachable("access check delayed in non-declaration")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("access check delayed in non-declaration" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp" , 736); | ||||||
| 737 | } | ||||||
| 738 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected access check result")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected access check result" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp" , 738); | ||||||
| 739 | } | ||||||
| 740 | |||||||
| 741 | /// CheckExceptionSpecSubset - Check whether the second function type's | ||||||
| 742 | /// exception specification is a subset (or equivalent) of the first function | ||||||
| 743 | /// type. This is used by override and pointer assignment checks. | ||||||
| 744 | bool Sema::CheckExceptionSpecSubset(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, | ||||||
| 745 | const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, | ||||||
| 746 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, | ||||||
| 747 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoThrowDiagID, | ||||||
| 748 | const FunctionProtoType *Superset, | ||||||
| 749 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, | ||||||
| 750 | const FunctionProtoType *Subset, | ||||||
| 751 | SourceLocation SubLoc) { | ||||||
| 752 | |||||||
| 753 | // Just auto-succeed under -fno-exceptions. | ||||||
| 754 | if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) | ||||||
| 755 | return false; | ||||||
| 756 | |||||||
| 757 | // FIXME: As usual, we could be more specific in our error messages, but | ||||||
| 758 | // that better waits until we've got types with source locations. | ||||||
| 759 | |||||||
| 760 | if (!SubLoc.isValid()) | ||||||
| 761 | SubLoc = SuperLoc; | ||||||
| 762 | |||||||
| 763 | // Resolve the exception specifications, if needed. | ||||||
| 764 | Superset = ResolveExceptionSpec(SuperLoc, Superset); | ||||||
| 765 | if (!Superset) | ||||||
| 766 | return false; | ||||||
| 767 | Subset = ResolveExceptionSpec(SubLoc, Subset); | ||||||
| 768 | if (!Subset) | ||||||
| 769 | return false; | ||||||
| 770 | |||||||
| 771 | ExceptionSpecificationType SuperEST = Superset->getExceptionSpecType(); | ||||||
| 772 | ExceptionSpecificationType SubEST = Subset->getExceptionSpecType(); | ||||||
| 773 | assert(!isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(SuperEST) &&((!isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(SuperEST) && !isUnresolvedExceptionSpec (SubEST) && "Shouldn't see unknown exception specifications here" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(SuperEST) && !isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(SubEST) && \"Shouldn't see unknown exception specifications here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp" , 775, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
| 774 | !isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(SubEST) &&((!isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(SuperEST) && !isUnresolvedExceptionSpec (SubEST) && "Shouldn't see unknown exception specifications here" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(SuperEST) && !isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(SubEST) && \"Shouldn't see unknown exception specifications here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp" , 775, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
| 775 | "Shouldn't see unknown exception specifications here")((!isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(SuperEST) && !isUnresolvedExceptionSpec (SubEST) && "Shouldn't see unknown exception specifications here" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(SuperEST) && !isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(SubEST) && \"Shouldn't see unknown exception specifications here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp" , 775, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
| 776 | |||||||
| 777 | // If there are dependent noexcept specs, assume everything is fine. Unlike | ||||||
| 778 | // with the equivalency check, this is safe in this case, because we don't | ||||||
| 779 | // want to merge declarations. Checks after instantiation will catch any | ||||||
| 780 | // omissions we make here. | ||||||
| 781 | if (SuperEST == EST_DependentNoexcept || SubEST == EST_DependentNoexcept) | ||||||
| 782 | return false; | ||||||
| 783 | |||||||
| 784 | CanThrowResult SuperCanThrow = Superset->canThrow(); | ||||||
| 785 | CanThrowResult SubCanThrow = Subset->canThrow(); | ||||||
| 786 | |||||||
| 787 | // If the superset contains everything or the subset contains nothing, we're | ||||||
| 788 | // done. | ||||||
| 789 | if ((SuperCanThrow == CT_Can && SuperEST != EST_Dynamic) || | ||||||
| 790 | SubCanThrow == CT_Cannot) | ||||||
| 791 | return CheckParamExceptionSpec(NestedDiagID, NoteID, Superset, SuperLoc, | ||||||
| 792 | Subset, SubLoc); | ||||||
| 793 | |||||||
| 794 | // Allow __declspec(nothrow) to be missing on redeclaration as an extension in | ||||||
| 795 | // some cases. | ||||||
| 796 | if (NoThrowDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 && SubCanThrow == CT_Can && | ||||||
| 797 | SuperCanThrow == CT_Cannot && SuperEST == EST_NoThrow) { | ||||||
| 798 | Diag(SubLoc, NoThrowDiagID); | ||||||
| 799 | if (NoteID.getDiagID() != 0) | ||||||
| 800 | Diag(SuperLoc, NoteID); | ||||||
| 801 | return true; | ||||||
| 802 | } | ||||||
| 803 | |||||||
| 804 | // If the subset contains everything or the superset contains nothing, we've | ||||||
| 805 | // failed. | ||||||
| 806 | if ((SubCanThrow == CT_Can && SubEST != EST_Dynamic) || | ||||||
| 807 | SuperCanThrow == CT_Cannot) { | ||||||
| 808 | Diag(SubLoc, DiagID); | ||||||
| 809 | if (NoteID.getDiagID() != 0) | ||||||
| 810 | Diag(SuperLoc, NoteID); | ||||||
| 811 | return true; | ||||||
| 812 | } | ||||||
| 813 | |||||||
| 814 | assert(SuperEST == EST_Dynamic && SubEST == EST_Dynamic &&((SuperEST == EST_Dynamic && SubEST == EST_Dynamic && "Exception spec subset: non-dynamic case slipped through.") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SuperEST == EST_Dynamic && SubEST == EST_Dynamic && \"Exception spec subset: non-dynamic case slipped through.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp" , 815, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
| 815 | "Exception spec subset: non-dynamic case slipped through.")((SuperEST == EST_Dynamic && SubEST == EST_Dynamic && "Exception spec subset: non-dynamic case slipped through.") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SuperEST == EST_Dynamic && SubEST == EST_Dynamic && \"Exception spec subset: non-dynamic case slipped through.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp" , 815, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
| 816 | |||||||
| 817 | // Neither contains everything or nothing. Do a proper comparison. | ||||||
| 818 | for (QualType SubI : Subset->exceptions()) { | ||||||
| 819 | if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = SubI->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||
| 820 | SubI = RefTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
| 821 | |||||||
| 822 | // Make sure it's in the superset. | ||||||
| 823 | bool Contained = false; | ||||||
| 824 | for (QualType SuperI : Superset->exceptions()) { | ||||||
| 825 | // [except.spec]p5: | ||||||
| 826 | // the target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the | ||||||
| 827 | // source | ||||||
| 828 | // | ||||||
| 829 | // We interpret this as meaning that a handler for some target type would | ||||||
| 830 | // catch an exception of each source type. | ||||||
| 831 | if (handlerCanCatch(SuperI, SubI)) { | ||||||
| 832 | Contained = true; | ||||||
| 833 | break; | ||||||
| 834 | } | ||||||
| 835 | } | ||||||
| 836 | if (!Contained) { | ||||||
| 837 | Diag(SubLoc, DiagID); | ||||||
| 838 | if (NoteID.getDiagID() != 0) | ||||||
| 839 | Diag(SuperLoc, NoteID); | ||||||
| 840 | return true; | ||||||
| 841 | } | ||||||
| 842 | } | ||||||
| 843 | // We've run half the gauntlet. | ||||||
| 844 | return CheckParamExceptionSpec(NestedDiagID, NoteID, Superset, SuperLoc, | ||||||
| 845 | Subset, SubLoc); | ||||||
| 846 | } | ||||||
| 847 | |||||||
| 848 | static bool | ||||||
| 849 | CheckSpecForTypesEquivalent(Sema &S, const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, | ||||||
| 850 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, QualType Target, | ||||||
| 851 | SourceLocation TargetLoc, QualType Source, | ||||||
| 852 | SourceLocation SourceLoc) { | ||||||
| 853 | const FunctionProtoType *TFunc = GetUnderlyingFunction(Target); | ||||||
| 854 | if (!TFunc) | ||||||
| 855 | return false; | ||||||
| 856 | const FunctionProtoType *SFunc = GetUnderlyingFunction(Source); | ||||||
| 857 | if (!SFunc) | ||||||
| 858 | return false; | ||||||
| 859 | |||||||
| 860 | return S.CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(DiagID, NoteID, TFunc, TargetLoc, | ||||||
| 861 | SFunc, SourceLoc); | ||||||
| 862 | } | ||||||
| 863 | |||||||
| 864 | /// CheckParamExceptionSpec - Check if the parameter and return types of the | ||||||
| 865 | /// two functions have equivalent exception specs. This is part of the | ||||||
| 866 | /// assignment and override compatibility check. We do not check the parameters | ||||||
| 867 | /// of parameter function pointers recursively, as no sane programmer would | ||||||
| 868 | /// even be able to write such a function type. | ||||||
| 869 | bool Sema::CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, | ||||||
| 870 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, | ||||||
| 871 | const FunctionProtoType *Target, | ||||||
| 872 | SourceLocation TargetLoc, | ||||||
| 873 | const FunctionProtoType *Source, | ||||||
| 874 | SourceLocation SourceLoc) { | ||||||
| 875 | auto RetDiag = DiagID; | ||||||
| 876 | RetDiag << 0; | ||||||
| 877 | if (CheckSpecForTypesEquivalent( | ||||||
| 878 | *this, RetDiag, PDiag(), | ||||||
| 879 | Target->getReturnType(), TargetLoc, Source->getReturnType(), | ||||||
| 880 | SourceLoc)) | ||||||
| 881 | return true; | ||||||
| 882 | |||||||
| 883 | // We shouldn't even be testing this unless the arguments are otherwise | ||||||
| 884 | // compatible. | ||||||
| 885 | assert(Target->getNumParams() == Source->getNumParams() &&((Target->getNumParams() == Source->getNumParams() && "Functions have different argument counts.") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Target->getNumParams() == Source->getNumParams() && \"Functions have different argument counts.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp" , 886, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
| 886 | "Functions have different argument counts.")((Target->getNumParams() == Source->getNumParams() && "Functions have different argument counts.") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Target->getNumParams() == Source->getNumParams() && \"Functions have different argument counts.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp" , 886, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
| 887 | for (unsigned i = 0, E = Target->getNumParams(); i != E; ++i) { | ||||||
| 888 | auto ParamDiag = DiagID; | ||||||
| 889 | ParamDiag << 1; | ||||||
| 890 | if (CheckSpecForTypesEquivalent( | ||||||
| 891 | *this, ParamDiag, PDiag(), | ||||||
| 892 | Target->getParamType(i), TargetLoc, Source->getParamType(i), | ||||||
| 893 | SourceLoc)) | ||||||
| 894 | return true; | ||||||
| 895 | } | ||||||
| 896 | return false; | ||||||
| 897 | } | ||||||
| 898 | |||||||
| 899 | bool Sema::CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { | ||||||
| 900 | // First we check for applicability. | ||||||
| 901 | // Target type must be a function, function pointer or function reference. | ||||||
| 902 | const FunctionProtoType *ToFunc = GetUnderlyingFunction(ToType); | ||||||
| 903 | if (!ToFunc || ToFunc->hasDependentExceptionSpec()) | ||||||
| 904 | return false; | ||||||
| 905 | |||||||
| 906 | // SourceType must be a function or function pointer. | ||||||
| 907 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunc = GetUnderlyingFunction(From->getType()); | ||||||
| 908 | if (!FromFunc || FromFunc->hasDependentExceptionSpec()) | ||||||
| 909 | return false; | ||||||
| 910 | |||||||
| 911 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_incompatible_exception_specs; | ||||||
| 912 | unsigned NestedDiagID = diag::err_deep_exception_specs_differ; | ||||||
| 913 | // This is not an error in C++17 onwards, unless the noexceptness doesn't | ||||||
| 914 | // match, but in that case we have a full-on type mismatch, not just a | ||||||
| 915 | // type sugar mismatch. | ||||||
| 916 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) { | ||||||
| 917 | DiagID = diag::warn_incompatible_exception_specs; | ||||||
| 918 | NestedDiagID = diag::warn_deep_exception_specs_differ; | ||||||
| 919 | } | ||||||
| 920 | |||||||
| 921 | // Now we've got the correct types on both sides, check their compatibility. | ||||||
| 922 | // This means that the source of the conversion can only throw a subset of | ||||||
| 923 | // the exceptions of the target, and any exception specs on arguments or | ||||||
| 924 | // return types must be equivalent. | ||||||
| 925 | // | ||||||
| 926 | // FIXME: If there is a nested dependent exception specification, we should | ||||||
| 927 | // not be checking it here. This is fine: | ||||||
| 928 | // template<typename T> void f() { | ||||||
| 929 | // void (*p)(void (*) throw(T)); | ||||||
| 930 | // void (*q)(void (*) throw(int)) = p; | ||||||
| 931 | // } | ||||||
| 932 | // ... because it might be instantiated with T=int. | ||||||
| 933 | return CheckExceptionSpecSubset( | ||||||
| 934 | PDiag(DiagID), PDiag(NestedDiagID), PDiag(), PDiag(), ToFunc, | ||||||
| 935 | From->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FromFunc, SourceLocation()) && | ||||||
| 936 | !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; | ||||||
| 937 | } | ||||||
| 938 | |||||||
| 939 | bool Sema::CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, | ||||||
| 940 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old) { | ||||||
| 941 | // If the new exception specification hasn't been parsed yet, skip the check. | ||||||
| 942 | // We'll get called again once it's been parsed. | ||||||
| 943 | if (New->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == | ||||||
| 944 | EST_Unparsed) | ||||||
| 945 | return false; | ||||||
| 946 | |||||||
| 947 | // Don't check uninstantiated template destructors at all. We can only | ||||||
| 948 | // synthesize correct specs after the template is instantiated. | ||||||
| 949 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(New) && New->getParent()->isDependentType()) | ||||||
| 950 | return false; | ||||||
| 951 | |||||||
| 952 | // If the old exception specification hasn't been parsed yet, or the new | ||||||
| 953 | // exception specification can't be computed yet, remember that we need to | ||||||
| 954 | // perform this check when we get to the end of the outermost | ||||||
| 955 | // lexically-surrounding class. | ||||||
| 956 | if (exceptionSpecNotKnownYet(Old) || exceptionSpecNotKnownYet(New)) { | ||||||
| 957 | DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.push_back({New, Old}); | ||||||
| 958 | return false; | ||||||
| 959 | } | ||||||
| 960 | |||||||
| 961 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_override_exception_spec; | ||||||
| 962 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) | ||||||
| 963 | DiagID = diag::ext_override_exception_spec; | ||||||
| 964 | return CheckExceptionSpecSubset(PDiag(DiagID), | ||||||
| 965 | PDiag(diag::err_deep_exception_specs_differ), | ||||||
| 966 | PDiag(diag::note_overridden_virtual_function), | ||||||
| 967 | PDiag(diag::ext_override_exception_spec), | ||||||
| 968 | Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), | ||||||
| 969 | Old->getLocation(), | ||||||
| 970 | New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), | ||||||
| 971 | New->getLocation()); | ||||||
| 972 | } | ||||||
| 973 | |||||||
| 974 | static CanThrowResult canSubExprsThrow(Sema &S, const Expr *E) { | ||||||
| 975 | CanThrowResult R = CT_Cannot; | ||||||
| 976 | for (const Stmt *SubStmt : E->children()) { | ||||||
| 977 | R = mergeCanThrow(R, S.canThrow(cast<Expr>(SubStmt))); | ||||||
| 978 | if (R == CT_Can) | ||||||
| 979 | break; | ||||||
| 980 | } | ||||||
| 981 | return R; | ||||||
| 982 | } | ||||||
| 983 | |||||||
| 984 | static CanThrowResult canCalleeThrow(Sema &S, const Expr *E, const Decl *D) { | ||||||
| 985 | // As an extension, we assume that __attribute__((nothrow)) functions don't | ||||||
| 986 | // throw. | ||||||
| 987 | if (D && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && D->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) | ||||||
| 988 | return CT_Cannot; | ||||||
| 989 | |||||||
| 990 | QualType T; | ||||||
| 991 | |||||||
| 992 | // In C++1z, just look at the function type of the callee. | ||||||
| 993 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && isa<CallExpr>(E)) { | ||||||
| 994 | E = cast<CallExpr>(E)->getCallee(); | ||||||
| 995 | T = E->getType(); | ||||||
| 996 | if (T->isSpecificPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::BoundMember)) { | ||||||
| 997 | // Sadly we don't preserve the actual type as part of the "bound member" | ||||||
| 998 | // placeholder, so we need to reconstruct it. | ||||||
| 999 | E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||
| 1000 | |||||||
| 1001 | // Could be a call to a pointer-to-member or a plain member access. | ||||||
| 1002 | if (auto *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { | ||||||
| 1003 | assert(Op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || Op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI)((Op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || Op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || Op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp" , 1003, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
| 1004 | T = Op->getRHS()->getType() | ||||||
| 1005 | ->castAs<MemberPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
| 1006 | } else { | ||||||
| 1007 | T = cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getMemberDecl()->getType(); | ||||||
| 1008 | } | ||||||
| 1009 | } | ||||||
| 1010 | } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D)) | ||||||
| 1011 | T = VD->getType(); | ||||||
| 1012 | else | ||||||
| 1013 | // If we have no clue what we're calling, assume the worst. | ||||||
| 1014 | return CT_Can; | ||||||
| 1015 | |||||||
| 1016 | const FunctionProtoType *FT; | ||||||
| 1017 | if ((FT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())) { | ||||||
| 1018 | } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
| 1019 | FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
| 1020 | else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||
| 1021 | FT = RT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
| 1022 | else if (const MemberPointerType *MT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||
| 1023 | FT = MT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
| 1024 | else if (const BlockPointerType *BT = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||||
| 1025 | FT = BT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
| 1026 | |||||||
| 1027 | if (!FT) | ||||||
| 1028 | return CT_Can; | ||||||
| 1029 | |||||||
| 1030 | FT = S.ResolveExceptionSpec(E->getBeginLoc(), FT); | ||||||
| 1031 | if (!FT) | ||||||
| 1032 | return CT_Can; | ||||||
| 1033 | |||||||
| 1034 | return FT->canThrow(); | ||||||
| 1035 | } | ||||||
| 1036 | |||||||
| 1037 | static CanThrowResult canDynamicCastThrow(const CXXDynamicCastExpr *DC) { | ||||||
| 1038 | if (DC->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||
| 1039 | return CT_Dependent; | ||||||
| 1040 | |||||||
| 1041 | if (!DC->getTypeAsWritten()->isReferenceType()) | ||||||
| 1042 | return CT_Cannot; | ||||||
| 1043 | |||||||
| 1044 | if (DC->getSubExpr()->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||
| 1045 | return CT_Dependent; | ||||||
| 1046 | |||||||
| 1047 | return DC->getCastKind() == clang::CK_Dynamic? CT_Can : CT_Cannot; | ||||||
| 1048 | } | ||||||
| 1049 | |||||||
| 1050 | static CanThrowResult canTypeidThrow(Sema &S, const CXXTypeidExpr *DC) { | ||||||
| 1051 | if (DC->isTypeOperand()) | ||||||
| 1052 | return CT_Cannot; | ||||||
| 1053 | |||||||
| 1054 | Expr *Op = DC->getExprOperand(); | ||||||
| 1055 | if (Op->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||
| 1056 | return CT_Dependent; | ||||||
| 1057 | |||||||
| 1058 | const RecordType *RT = Op->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||
| 1059 | if (!RT) | ||||||
| 1060 | return CT_Cannot; | ||||||
| 1061 | |||||||
| 1062 | if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->isPolymorphic()) | ||||||
| 1063 | return CT_Cannot; | ||||||
| 1064 | |||||||
| 1065 | if (Op->Classify(S.Context).isPRValue()) | ||||||
| 1066 | return CT_Cannot; | ||||||
| 1067 | |||||||
| 1068 | return CT_Can; | ||||||
| 1069 | } | ||||||
| 1070 | |||||||
| 1071 | CanThrowResult Sema::canThrow(const Expr *E) { | ||||||
| 1072 | // C++ [expr.unary.noexcept]p3: | ||||||
| 1073 | // [Can throw] if in a potentially-evaluated context the expression would | ||||||
| 1074 | // contain: | ||||||
| 1075 | switch (E->getStmtClass()) { | ||||||
| 1076 | case Expr::ConstantExprClass: | ||||||
| 1077 | return canThrow(cast<ConstantExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()); | ||||||
| 1078 | |||||||
| 1079 | case Expr::CXXThrowExprClass: | ||||||
| 1080 | // - a potentially evaluated throw-expression | ||||||
| 1081 | return CT_Can; | ||||||
| 1082 | |||||||
| 1083 | case Expr::CXXDynamicCastExprClass: { | ||||||
| 1084 | // - a potentially evaluated dynamic_cast expression dynamic_cast<T>(v), | ||||||
| 1085 | // where T is a reference type, that requires a run-time check | ||||||
| 1086 | CanThrowResult CT = canDynamicCastThrow(cast<CXXDynamicCastExpr>(E)); | ||||||
| 1087 | if (CT == CT_Can) | ||||||
| 1088 | return CT; | ||||||
| 1089 | return mergeCanThrow(CT, canSubExprsThrow(*this, E)); | ||||||
| 1090 | } | ||||||
| 1091 | |||||||
| 1092 | case Expr::CXXTypeidExprClass: | ||||||
| 1093 | // - a potentially evaluated typeid expression applied to a glvalue | ||||||
| 1094 | // expression whose type is a polymorphic class type | ||||||
| 1095 | return canTypeidThrow(*this, cast<CXXTypeidExpr>(E)); | ||||||
| 1096 | |||||||
| 1097 | // - a potentially evaluated call to a function, member function, function | ||||||
| 1098 | // pointer, or member function pointer that does not have a non-throwing | ||||||
| 1099 | // exception-specification | ||||||
| 1100 | case Expr::CallExprClass: | ||||||
| 1101 | case Expr::CXXMemberCallExprClass: | ||||||
| 1102 | case Expr::CXXOperatorCallExprClass: | ||||||
| 1103 | case Expr::UserDefinedLiteralClass: { | ||||||
| 1104 | const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E); | ||||||
| 1105 | CanThrowResult CT; | ||||||
| 1106 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||
| 1107 | CT = CT_Dependent; | ||||||
| 1108 | else if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(CE->getCallee()->IgnoreParens())) | ||||||
| 1109 | CT = CT_Cannot; | ||||||
| 1110 | else | ||||||
| 1111 | CT = canCalleeThrow(*this, E, CE->getCalleeDecl()); | ||||||
| 1112 | if (CT == CT_Can) | ||||||
| 1113 | return CT; | ||||||
| 1114 | return mergeCanThrow(CT, canSubExprsThrow(*this, E)); | ||||||
| 1115 | } | ||||||
| 1116 | |||||||
| 1117 | case Expr::CXXConstructExprClass: | ||||||
| 1118 | case Expr::CXXTemporaryObjectExprClass: { | ||||||
| 1119 | CanThrowResult CT = canCalleeThrow(*this, E, | ||||||
| 1120 | cast<CXXConstructExpr>(E)->getConstructor()); | ||||||
| 1121 | if (CT == CT_Can) | ||||||
| 1122 | return CT; | ||||||
| 1123 | return mergeCanThrow(CT, canSubExprsThrow(*this, E)); | ||||||
| 1124 | } | ||||||
| 1125 | |||||||
| 1126 | case Expr::CXXInheritedCtorInitExprClass: | ||||||
| 1127 | return canCalleeThrow(*this, E, | ||||||
| 1128 | cast<CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr>(E)->getConstructor()); | ||||||
| 1129 | |||||||
| 1130 | case Expr::LambdaExprClass: { | ||||||
| 1131 | const LambdaExpr *Lambda = cast<LambdaExpr>(E); | ||||||
| 1132 | CanThrowResult CT = CT_Cannot; | ||||||
| 1133 | for (LambdaExpr::const_capture_init_iterator | ||||||
| 1134 | Cap = Lambda->capture_init_begin(), | ||||||
| 1135 | CapEnd = Lambda->capture_init_end(); | ||||||
| 1136 | Cap != CapEnd; ++Cap) | ||||||
| 1137 | CT = mergeCanThrow(CT, canThrow(*Cap)); | ||||||
| 1138 | return CT; | ||||||
| 1139 | } | ||||||
| 1140 | |||||||
| 1141 | case Expr::CXXNewExprClass: { | ||||||
| 1142 | CanThrowResult CT; | ||||||
| 1143 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||
| 1144 | CT = CT_Dependent; | ||||||
| 1145 | else | ||||||
| 1146 | CT = canCalleeThrow(*this, E, cast<CXXNewExpr>(E)->getOperatorNew()); | ||||||
| 1147 | if (CT == CT_Can) | ||||||
| 1148 | return CT; | ||||||
| 1149 | return mergeCanThrow(CT, canSubExprsThrow(*this, E)); | ||||||
| 1150 | } | ||||||
| 1151 | |||||||
| 1152 | case Expr::CXXDeleteExprClass: { | ||||||
| 1153 | CanThrowResult CT; | ||||||
| 1154 | QualType DTy = cast<CXXDeleteExpr>(E)->getDestroyedType(); | ||||||
| 1155 | if (DTy.isNull() || DTy->isDependentType()) { | ||||||
| 1156 | CT = CT_Dependent; | ||||||
| 1157 | } else { | ||||||
| 1158 | CT = canCalleeThrow(*this, E, | ||||||
| 1159 | cast<CXXDeleteExpr>(E)->getOperatorDelete()); | ||||||
| 1160 | if (const RecordType *RT = DTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||
| 1161 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); | ||||||
| 1162 | const CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor(); | ||||||
| 1163 | if (DD) | ||||||
| 1164 | CT = mergeCanThrow(CT, canCalleeThrow(*this, E, DD)); | ||||||
| 1165 | } | ||||||
| 1166 | if (CT == CT_Can) | ||||||
| 1167 | return CT; | ||||||
| 1168 | } | ||||||
| 1169 | return mergeCanThrow(CT, canSubExprsThrow(*this, E)); | ||||||
| 1170 | } | ||||||
| 1171 | |||||||
| 1172 | case Expr::CXXBindTemporaryExprClass: { | ||||||
| 1173 | // The bound temporary has to be destroyed again, which might throw. | ||||||
| 1174 | CanThrowResult CT = canCalleeThrow(*this, E, | ||||||
| 1175 | cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E)->getTemporary()->getDestructor()); | ||||||
| 1176 | if (CT == CT_Can) | ||||||
| 1177 | return CT; | ||||||
| 1178 | return mergeCanThrow(CT, canSubExprsThrow(*this, E)); | ||||||
| 1179 | } | ||||||
| 1180 | |||||||
| 1181 | // ObjC message sends are like function calls, but never have exception | ||||||
| 1182 | // specs. | ||||||
| 1183 | case Expr::ObjCMessageExprClass: | ||||||
| 1184 | case Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass: | ||||||
| 1185 | case Expr::ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass: | ||||||
| 1186 | return CT_Can; | ||||||
| 1187 | |||||||
| 1188 | // All the ObjC literals that are implemented as calls are | ||||||
| 1189 | // potentially throwing unless we decide to close off that | ||||||
| 1190 | // possibility. | ||||||
| 1191 | case Expr::ObjCArrayLiteralClass: | ||||||
| 1192 | case Expr::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass: | ||||||
| 1193 | case Expr::ObjCBoxedExprClass: | ||||||
| 1194 | return CT_Can; | ||||||
| 1195 | |||||||
| 1196 | // Many other things have subexpressions, so we have to test those. | ||||||
| 1197 | // Some are simple: | ||||||
| 1198 | case Expr::CoawaitExprClass: | ||||||
| 1199 | case Expr::ConditionalOperatorClass: | ||||||
| 1200 | case Expr::CompoundLiteralExprClass: | ||||||
| 1201 | case Expr::CoyieldExprClass: | ||||||
| 1202 | case Expr::CXXConstCastExprClass: | ||||||
| 1203 | case Expr::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: | ||||||
| 1204 | case Expr::BuiltinBitCastExprClass: | ||||||
| 1205 | case Expr::CXXStdInitializerListExprClass: | ||||||
| 1206 | case Expr::DesignatedInitExprClass: | ||||||
| 1207 | case Expr::DesignatedInitUpdateExprClass: | ||||||
| 1208 | case Expr::ExprWithCleanupsClass: | ||||||
| 1209 | case Expr::ExtVectorElementExprClass: | ||||||
| 1210 | case Expr::InitListExprClass: | ||||||
| 1211 | case Expr::ArrayInitLoopExprClass: | ||||||
| 1212 | case Expr::MemberExprClass: | ||||||
| 1213 | case Expr::ObjCIsaExprClass: | ||||||
| 1214 | case Expr::ObjCIvarRefExprClass: | ||||||
| 1215 | case Expr::ParenExprClass: | ||||||
| 1216 | case Expr::ParenListExprClass: | ||||||
| 1217 | case Expr::ShuffleVectorExprClass: | ||||||
| 1218 | case Expr::ConvertVectorExprClass: | ||||||
| 1219 | case Expr::VAArgExprClass: | ||||||
| 1220 | return canSubExprsThrow(*this, E); | ||||||
| 1221 | |||||||
| 1222 | // Some might be dependent for other reasons. | ||||||
| 1223 | case Expr::ArraySubscriptExprClass: | ||||||
| 1224 | case Expr::OMPArraySectionExprClass: | ||||||
| 1225 | case Expr::BinaryOperatorClass: | ||||||
| 1226 | case Expr::DependentCoawaitExprClass: | ||||||
| 1227 | case Expr::CompoundAssignOperatorClass: | ||||||
| 1228 | case Expr::CStyleCastExprClass: | ||||||
| 1229 | case Expr::CXXStaticCastExprClass: | ||||||
| 1230 | case Expr::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass: | ||||||
| 1231 | case Expr::ImplicitCastExprClass: | ||||||
| 1232 | case Expr::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass: | ||||||
| 1233 | case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: { | ||||||
| 1234 | CanThrowResult CT = E->isTypeDependent() ? CT_Dependent : CT_Cannot; | ||||||
| 1235 | return mergeCanThrow(CT, canSubExprsThrow(*this, E)); | ||||||
| 1236 | } | ||||||
| 1237 | |||||||
| 1238 | // FIXME: We should handle StmtExpr, but that opens a MASSIVE can of worms. | ||||||
| 1239 | case Expr::StmtExprClass: | ||||||
| 1240 | return CT_Can; | ||||||
| 1241 | |||||||
| 1242 | case Expr::CXXDefaultArgExprClass: | ||||||
| 1243 | return canThrow(cast<CXXDefaultArgExpr>(E)->getExpr()); | ||||||
| 1244 | |||||||
| 1245 | case Expr::CXXDefaultInitExprClass: | ||||||
| 1246 | return canThrow(cast<CXXDefaultInitExpr>(E)->getExpr()); | ||||||
| 1247 | |||||||
| 1248 | case Expr::ChooseExprClass: | ||||||
| 1249 | if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) | ||||||
| 1250 | return CT_Dependent; | ||||||
| 1251 | return canThrow(cast<ChooseExpr>(E)->getChosenSubExpr()); | ||||||
| 1252 | |||||||
| 1253 | case Expr::GenericSelectionExprClass: | ||||||
| 1254 | if (cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(E)->isResultDependent()) | ||||||
| 1255 | return CT_Dependent; | ||||||
| 1256 | return canThrow(cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(E)->getResultExpr()); | ||||||
| 1257 | |||||||
| 1258 | // Some expressions are always dependent. | ||||||
| 1259 | case Expr::CXXDependentScopeMemberExprClass: | ||||||
| 1260 | case Expr::CXXUnresolvedConstructExprClass: | ||||||
| 1261 | case Expr::DependentScopeDeclRefExprClass: | ||||||
| 1262 | case Expr::CXXFoldExprClass: | ||||||
| 1263 | return CT_Dependent; | ||||||
| 1264 | |||||||
| 1265 | case Expr::AsTypeExprClass: | ||||||
| 1266 | case Expr::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass: | ||||||
| 1267 | case Expr::BlockExprClass: | ||||||
| 1268 | case Expr::CUDAKernelCallExprClass: | ||||||
| 1269 | case Expr::DeclRefExprClass: | ||||||
| 1270 | case Expr::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass: | ||||||
| 1271 | case Expr::ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExprClass: | ||||||
| 1272 | case Expr::ObjCProtocolExprClass: | ||||||
| 1273 | case Expr::ObjCSelectorExprClass: | ||||||
| 1274 | case Expr::ObjCAvailabilityCheckExprClass: | ||||||
| 1275 | case Expr::OffsetOfExprClass: | ||||||
| 1276 | case Expr::PackExpansionExprClass: | ||||||
| 1277 | case Expr::PseudoObjectExprClass: | ||||||
| 1278 | case Expr::SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExprClass: | ||||||
| 1279 | case Expr::SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExprClass: | ||||||
| 1280 | case Expr::FunctionParmPackExprClass: | ||||||
| 1281 | case Expr::UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass: | ||||||
| 1282 | case Expr::UnresolvedLookupExprClass: | ||||||
| 1283 | case Expr::UnresolvedMemberExprClass: | ||||||
| 1284 | case Expr::TypoExprClass: | ||||||
| 1285 | // FIXME: Can any of the above throw? If so, when? | ||||||
| 1286 | return CT_Cannot; | ||||||
| 1287 | |||||||
| 1288 | case Expr::AddrLabelExprClass: | ||||||
| 1289 | case Expr::ArrayTypeTraitExprClass: | ||||||
| 1290 | case Expr::AtomicExprClass: | ||||||
| 1291 | case Expr::TypeTraitExprClass: | ||||||
| 1292 | case Expr::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass: | ||||||
| 1293 | case Expr::CXXNoexceptExprClass: | ||||||
| 1294 | case Expr::CXXNullPtrLiteralExprClass: | ||||||
| 1295 | case Expr::CXXPseudoDestructorExprClass: | ||||||
| 1296 | case Expr::CXXScalarValueInitExprClass: | ||||||
| 1297 | case Expr::CXXThisExprClass: | ||||||
| 1298 | case Expr::CXXUuidofExprClass: | ||||||
| 1299 | case Expr::CharacterLiteralClass: | ||||||
| 1300 | case Expr::ExpressionTraitExprClass: | ||||||
| 1301 | case Expr::FloatingLiteralClass: | ||||||
| 1302 | case Expr::GNUNullExprClass: | ||||||
| 1303 | case Expr::ImaginaryLiteralClass: | ||||||
| 1304 | case Expr::ImplicitValueInitExprClass: | ||||||
| 1305 | case Expr::IntegerLiteralClass: | ||||||
| 1306 | case Expr::FixedPointLiteralClass: | ||||||
| 1307 | case Expr::ArrayInitIndexExprClass: | ||||||
| 1308 | case Expr::NoInitExprClass: | ||||||
| 1309 | case Expr::ObjCEncodeExprClass: | ||||||
| 1310 | case Expr::ObjCStringLiteralClass: | ||||||
| 1311 | case Expr::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass: | ||||||
| 1312 | case Expr::OpaqueValueExprClass: | ||||||
| 1313 | case Expr::PredefinedExprClass: | ||||||
| 1314 | case Expr::SizeOfPackExprClass: | ||||||
| 1315 | case Expr::StringLiteralClass: | ||||||
| 1316 | case Expr::SourceLocExprClass: | ||||||
| 1317 | // These expressions can never throw. | ||||||
| 1318 | return CT_Cannot; | ||||||
| 1319 | |||||||
| 1320 | case Expr::MSPropertyRefExprClass: | ||||||
| 1321 | case Expr::MSPropertySubscriptExprClass: | ||||||
| 1322 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid class for expression")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid class for expression" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp" , 1322); | ||||||
| 1323 | |||||||
| 1324 | #define STMT(CLASS, PARENT) case Expr::CLASS##Class: | ||||||
| 1325 | #define STMT_RANGE(Base, First, Last) | ||||||
| 1326 | #define LAST_STMT_RANGE(BASE, FIRST, LAST) | ||||||
| 1327 | #define EXPR(CLASS, PARENT) | ||||||
| 1328 | #define ABSTRACT_STMT(STMT) | ||||||
| 1329 | #include "clang/AST/StmtNodes.inc" | ||||||
| 1330 | case Expr::NoStmtClass: | ||||||
| 1331 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid class for expression")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid class for expression" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp" , 1331); | ||||||
| 1332 | } | ||||||
| 1333 | llvm_unreachable("Bogus StmtClass")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Bogus StmtClass", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp" , 1333); | ||||||
| 1334 | } | ||||||
| 1335 | |||||||
| 1336 | } // end namespace clang |
| 1 | //===- Decl.h - Classes for representing declarations -----------*- C++ -*-===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
| 6 | // |
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8 | // |
| 9 | // This file defines the Decl subclasses. |
| 10 | // |
| 11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 12 | |
| 13 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECL_H |
| 14 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECL_H |
| 15 | |
| 16 | #include "clang/AST/APValue.h" |
| 17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContextAllocate.h" |
| 18 | #include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h" |
| 19 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" |
| 20 | #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" |
| 21 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
| 22 | #include "clang/AST/Redeclarable.h" |
| 23 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" |
| 24 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" |
| 25 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
| 26 | #include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h" |
| 27 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
| 28 | #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" |
| 29 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h" |
| 30 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
| 31 | #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h" |
| 32 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
| 33 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
| 34 | #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h" |
| 35 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" |
| 36 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
| 37 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
| 38 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
| 39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
| 40 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
| 41 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
| 42 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
| 43 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
| 44 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
| 45 | #include <cassert> |
| 46 | #include <cstddef> |
| 47 | #include <cstdint> |
| 48 | #include <string> |
| 49 | #include <utility> |
| 50 | |
| 51 | namespace clang { |
| 52 | |
| 53 | class ASTContext; |
| 54 | struct ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo; |
| 55 | class Attr; |
| 56 | class CompoundStmt; |
| 57 | class DependentFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo; |
| 58 | class EnumDecl; |
| 59 | class Expr; |
| 60 | class FunctionTemplateDecl; |
| 61 | class FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo; |
| 62 | class LabelStmt; |
| 63 | class MemberSpecializationInfo; |
| 64 | class Module; |
| 65 | class NamespaceDecl; |
| 66 | class ParmVarDecl; |
| 67 | class RecordDecl; |
| 68 | class Stmt; |
| 69 | class StringLiteral; |
| 70 | class TagDecl; |
| 71 | class TemplateArgumentList; |
| 72 | class TemplateArgumentListInfo; |
| 73 | class TemplateParameterList; |
| 74 | class TypeAliasTemplateDecl; |
| 75 | class TypeLoc; |
| 76 | class UnresolvedSetImpl; |
| 77 | class VarTemplateDecl; |
| 78 | |
| 79 | /// A container of type source information. |
| 80 | /// |
| 81 | /// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g: |
| 82 | /// @code |
| 83 | /// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc(); |
| 84 | /// TL.getBeginLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr); |
| 85 | /// @endcode |
| 86 | class alignas(8) TypeSourceInfo { |
| 87 | // Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information, |
| 88 | // allocated by ASTContext. |
| 89 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 90 | |
| 91 | QualType Ty; |
| 92 | |
| 93 | TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) {} |
| 94 | |
| 95 | public: |
| 96 | /// Return the type wrapped by this type source info. |
| 97 | QualType getType() const { return Ty; } |
| 98 | |
| 99 | /// Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info. |
| 100 | TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h |
| 101 | |
| 102 | /// Override the type stored in this TypeSourceInfo. Use with caution! |
| 103 | void overrideType(QualType T) { Ty = T; } |
| 104 | }; |
| 105 | |
| 106 | /// The top declaration context. |
| 107 | class TranslationUnitDecl : public Decl, public DeclContext { |
| 108 | ASTContext &Ctx; |
| 109 | |
| 110 | /// The (most recently entered) anonymous namespace for this |
| 111 | /// translation unit, if one has been created. |
| 112 | NamespaceDecl *AnonymousNamespace = nullptr; |
| 113 | |
| 114 | explicit TranslationUnitDecl(ASTContext &ctx); |
| 115 | |
| 116 | virtual void anchor(); |
| 117 | |
| 118 | public: |
| 119 | ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Ctx; } |
| 120 | |
| 121 | NamespaceDecl *getAnonymousNamespace() const { return AnonymousNamespace; } |
| 122 | void setAnonymousNamespace(NamespaceDecl *D) { AnonymousNamespace = D; } |
| 123 | |
| 124 | static TranslationUnitDecl *Create(ASTContext &C); |
| 125 | |
| 126 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 127 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 128 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == TranslationUnit; } |
| 129 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const TranslationUnitDecl *D) { |
| 130 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<TranslationUnitDecl*>(D)); |
| 131 | } |
| 132 | static TranslationUnitDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
| 133 | return static_cast<TranslationUnitDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
| 134 | } |
| 135 | }; |
| 136 | |
| 137 | /// Represents a `#pragma comment` line. Always a child of |
| 138 | /// TranslationUnitDecl. |
| 139 | class PragmaCommentDecl final |
| 140 | : public Decl, |
| 141 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<PragmaCommentDecl, char> { |
| 142 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 143 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
| 144 | friend TrailingObjects; |
| 145 | |
| 146 | PragmaMSCommentKind CommentKind; |
| 147 | |
| 148 | PragmaCommentDecl(TranslationUnitDecl *TU, SourceLocation CommentLoc, |
| 149 | PragmaMSCommentKind CommentKind) |
| 150 | : Decl(PragmaComment, TU, CommentLoc), CommentKind(CommentKind) {} |
| 151 | |
| 152 | virtual void anchor(); |
| 153 | |
| 154 | public: |
| 155 | static PragmaCommentDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, TranslationUnitDecl *DC, |
| 156 | SourceLocation CommentLoc, |
| 157 | PragmaMSCommentKind CommentKind, |
| 158 | StringRef Arg); |
| 159 | static PragmaCommentDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, |
| 160 | unsigned ArgSize); |
| 161 | |
| 162 | PragmaMSCommentKind getCommentKind() const { return CommentKind; } |
| 163 | |
| 164 | StringRef getArg() const { return getTrailingObjects<char>(); } |
| 165 | |
| 166 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 167 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 168 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == PragmaComment; } |
| 169 | }; |
| 170 | |
| 171 | /// Represents a `#pragma detect_mismatch` line. Always a child of |
| 172 | /// TranslationUnitDecl. |
| 173 | class PragmaDetectMismatchDecl final |
| 174 | : public Decl, |
| 175 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<PragmaDetectMismatchDecl, char> { |
| 176 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 177 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
| 178 | friend TrailingObjects; |
| 179 | |
| 180 | size_t ValueStart; |
| 181 | |
| 182 | PragmaDetectMismatchDecl(TranslationUnitDecl *TU, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 183 | size_t ValueStart) |
| 184 | : Decl(PragmaDetectMismatch, TU, Loc), ValueStart(ValueStart) {} |
| 185 | |
| 186 | virtual void anchor(); |
| 187 | |
| 188 | public: |
| 189 | static PragmaDetectMismatchDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, |
| 190 | TranslationUnitDecl *DC, |
| 191 | SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name, |
| 192 | StringRef Value); |
| 193 | static PragmaDetectMismatchDecl * |
| 194 | CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, unsigned NameValueSize); |
| 195 | |
| 196 | StringRef getName() const { return getTrailingObjects<char>(); } |
| 197 | StringRef getValue() const { return getTrailingObjects<char>() + ValueStart; } |
| 198 | |
| 199 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 200 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 201 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == PragmaDetectMismatch; } |
| 202 | }; |
| 203 | |
| 204 | /// Declaration context for names declared as extern "C" in C++. This |
| 205 | /// is neither the semantic nor lexical context for such declarations, but is |
| 206 | /// used to check for conflicts with other extern "C" declarations. Example: |
| 207 | /// |
| 208 | /// \code |
| 209 | /// namespace N { extern "C" void f(); } // #1 |
| 210 | /// void N::f() {} // #2 |
| 211 | /// namespace M { extern "C" void f(); } // #3 |
| 212 | /// \endcode |
| 213 | /// |
| 214 | /// The semantic context of #1 is namespace N and its lexical context is the |
| 215 | /// LinkageSpecDecl; the semantic context of #2 is namespace N and its lexical |
| 216 | /// context is the TU. However, both declarations are also visible in the |
| 217 | /// extern "C" context. |
| 218 | /// |
| 219 | /// The declaration at #3 finds it is a redeclaration of \c N::f through |
| 220 | /// lookup in the extern "C" context. |
| 221 | class ExternCContextDecl : public Decl, public DeclContext { |
| 222 | explicit ExternCContextDecl(TranslationUnitDecl *TU) |
| 223 | : Decl(ExternCContext, TU, SourceLocation()), |
| 224 | DeclContext(ExternCContext) {} |
| 225 | |
| 226 | virtual void anchor(); |
| 227 | |
| 228 | public: |
| 229 | static ExternCContextDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, |
| 230 | TranslationUnitDecl *TU); |
| 231 | |
| 232 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 233 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 234 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ExternCContext; } |
| 235 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const ExternCContextDecl *D) { |
| 236 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<ExternCContextDecl*>(D)); |
| 237 | } |
| 238 | static ExternCContextDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
| 239 | return static_cast<ExternCContextDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
| 240 | } |
| 241 | }; |
| 242 | |
| 243 | /// This represents a decl that may have a name. Many decls have names such |
| 244 | /// as ObjCMethodDecl, but not \@class, etc. |
| 245 | /// |
| 246 | /// Note that not every NamedDecl is actually named (e.g., a struct might |
| 247 | /// be anonymous), and not every name is an identifier. |
| 248 | class NamedDecl : public Decl { |
| 249 | /// The name of this declaration, which is typically a normal |
| 250 | /// identifier but may also be a special kind of name (C++ |
| 251 | /// constructor, Objective-C selector, etc.) |
| 252 | DeclarationName Name; |
| 253 | |
| 254 | virtual void anchor(); |
| 255 | |
| 256 | private: |
| 257 | NamedDecl *getUnderlyingDeclImpl() LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 258 | |
| 259 | protected: |
| 260 | NamedDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, DeclarationName N) |
| 261 | : Decl(DK, DC, L), Name(N) {} |
| 262 | |
| 263 | public: |
| 264 | /// Get the identifier that names this declaration, if there is one. |
| 265 | /// |
| 266 | /// This will return NULL if this declaration has no name (e.g., for |
| 267 | /// an unnamed class) or if the name is a special name (C++ constructor, |
| 268 | /// Objective-C selector, etc.). |
| 269 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); } |
| 270 | |
| 271 | /// Get the name of identifier for this declaration as a StringRef. |
| 272 | /// |
| 273 | /// This requires that the declaration have a name and that it be a simple |
| 274 | /// identifier. |
| 275 | StringRef getName() const { |
| 276 | assert(Name.isIdentifier() && "Name is not a simple identifier")((Name.isIdentifier() && "Name is not a simple identifier" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Name.isIdentifier() && \"Name is not a simple identifier\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 276, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 277 | return getIdentifier() ? getIdentifier()->getName() : ""; |
| 278 | } |
| 279 | |
| 280 | /// Get a human-readable name for the declaration, even if it is one of the |
| 281 | /// special kinds of names (C++ constructor, Objective-C selector, etc). |
| 282 | /// |
| 283 | /// Creating this name requires expensive string manipulation, so it should |
| 284 | /// be called only when performance doesn't matter. For simple declarations, |
| 285 | /// getNameAsCString() should suffice. |
| 286 | // |
| 287 | // FIXME: This function should be renamed to indicate that it is not just an |
| 288 | // alternate form of getName(), and clients should move as appropriate. |
| 289 | // |
| 290 | // FIXME: Deprecated, move clients to getName(). |
| 291 | std::string getNameAsString() const { return Name.getAsString(); } |
| 292 | |
| 293 | virtual void printName(raw_ostream &os) const; |
| 294 | |
| 295 | /// Get the actual, stored name of the declaration, which may be a special |
| 296 | /// name. |
| 297 | DeclarationName getDeclName() const { return Name; } |
| 298 | |
| 299 | /// Set the name of this declaration. |
| 300 | void setDeclName(DeclarationName N) { Name = N; } |
| 301 | |
| 302 | /// Returns a human-readable qualified name for this declaration, like |
| 303 | /// A::B::i, for i being member of namespace A::B. |
| 304 | /// |
| 305 | /// If the declaration is not a member of context which can be named (record, |
| 306 | /// namespace), it will return the same result as printName(). |
| 307 | /// |
| 308 | /// Creating this name is expensive, so it should be called only when |
| 309 | /// performance doesn't matter. |
| 310 | void printQualifiedName(raw_ostream &OS) const; |
| 311 | void printQualifiedName(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
| 312 | |
| 313 | /// Print only the nested name specifier part of a fully-qualified name, |
| 314 | /// including the '::' at the end. E.g. |
| 315 | /// when `printQualifiedName(D)` prints "A::B::i", |
| 316 | /// this function prints "A::B::". |
| 317 | void printNestedNameSpecifier(raw_ostream &OS) const; |
| 318 | void printNestedNameSpecifier(raw_ostream &OS, |
| 319 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
| 320 | |
| 321 | // FIXME: Remove string version. |
| 322 | std::string getQualifiedNameAsString() const; |
| 323 | |
| 324 | /// Appends a human-readable name for this declaration into the given stream. |
| 325 | /// |
| 326 | /// This is the method invoked by Sema when displaying a NamedDecl |
| 327 | /// in a diagnostic. It does not necessarily produce the same |
| 328 | /// result as printName(); for example, class template |
| 329 | /// specializations are printed with their template arguments. |
| 330 | virtual void getNameForDiagnostic(raw_ostream &OS, |
| 331 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 332 | bool Qualified) const; |
| 333 | |
| 334 | /// Determine whether this declaration, if known to be well-formed within |
| 335 | /// its context, will replace the declaration OldD if introduced into scope. |
| 336 | /// |
| 337 | /// A declaration will replace another declaration if, for example, it is |
| 338 | /// a redeclaration of the same variable or function, but not if it is a |
| 339 | /// declaration of a different kind (function vs. class) or an overloaded |
| 340 | /// function. |
| 341 | /// |
| 342 | /// \param IsKnownNewer \c true if this declaration is known to be newer |
| 343 | /// than \p OldD (for instance, if this declaration is newly-created). |
| 344 | bool declarationReplaces(NamedDecl *OldD, bool IsKnownNewer = true) const; |
| 345 | |
| 346 | /// Determine whether this declaration has linkage. |
| 347 | bool hasLinkage() const; |
| 348 | |
| 349 | using Decl::isModulePrivate; |
| 350 | using Decl::setModulePrivate; |
| 351 | |
| 352 | /// Determine whether this declaration is a C++ class member. |
| 353 | bool isCXXClassMember() const { |
| 354 | const DeclContext *DC = getDeclContext(); |
| 355 | |
| 356 | // C++0x [class.mem]p1: |
| 357 | // The enumerators of an unscoped enumeration defined in |
| 358 | // the class are members of the class. |
| 359 | if (isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) |
| 360 | DC = DC->getRedeclContext(); |
| 361 | |
| 362 | return DC->isRecord(); |
| 363 | } |
| 364 | |
| 365 | /// Determine whether the given declaration is an instance member of |
| 366 | /// a C++ class. |
| 367 | bool isCXXInstanceMember() const; |
| 368 | |
| 369 | /// Determine what kind of linkage this entity has. |
| 370 | /// |
| 371 | /// This is not the linkage as defined by the standard or the codegen notion |
| 372 | /// of linkage. It is just an implementation detail that is used to compute |
| 373 | /// those. |
| 374 | Linkage getLinkageInternal() const; |
| 375 | |
| 376 | /// Get the linkage from a semantic point of view. Entities in |
| 377 | /// anonymous namespaces are external (in c++98). |
| 378 | Linkage getFormalLinkage() const { |
| 379 | return clang::getFormalLinkage(getLinkageInternal()); |
| 380 | } |
| 381 | |
| 382 | /// True if this decl has external linkage. |
| 383 | bool hasExternalFormalLinkage() const { |
| 384 | return isExternalFormalLinkage(getLinkageInternal()); |
| 385 | } |
| 386 | |
| 387 | bool isExternallyVisible() const { |
| 388 | return clang::isExternallyVisible(getLinkageInternal()); |
| 389 | } |
| 390 | |
| 391 | /// Determine whether this declaration can be redeclared in a |
| 392 | /// different translation unit. |
| 393 | bool isExternallyDeclarable() const { |
| 394 | return isExternallyVisible() && !getOwningModuleForLinkage(); |
| 395 | } |
| 396 | |
| 397 | /// Determines the visibility of this entity. |
| 398 | Visibility getVisibility() const { |
| 399 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility(); |
| 400 | } |
| 401 | |
| 402 | /// Determines the linkage and visibility of this entity. |
| 403 | LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const; |
| 404 | |
| 405 | /// Kinds of explicit visibility. |
| 406 | enum ExplicitVisibilityKind { |
| 407 | /// Do an LV computation for, ultimately, a type. |
| 408 | /// Visibility may be restricted by type visibility settings and |
| 409 | /// the visibility of template arguments. |
| 410 | VisibilityForType, |
| 411 | |
| 412 | /// Do an LV computation for, ultimately, a non-type declaration. |
| 413 | /// Visibility may be restricted by value visibility settings and |
| 414 | /// the visibility of template arguments. |
| 415 | VisibilityForValue |
| 416 | }; |
| 417 | |
| 418 | /// If visibility was explicitly specified for this |
| 419 | /// declaration, return that visibility. |
| 420 | Optional<Visibility> |
| 421 | getExplicitVisibility(ExplicitVisibilityKind kind) const; |
| 422 | |
| 423 | /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency |
| 424 | /// checking. Should always return true. |
| 425 | bool isLinkageValid() const; |
| 426 | |
| 427 | /// True if something has required us to compute the linkage |
| 428 | /// of this declaration. |
| 429 | /// |
| 430 | /// Language features which can retroactively change linkage (like a |
| 431 | /// typedef name for linkage purposes) may need to consider this, |
| 432 | /// but hopefully only in transitory ways during parsing. |
| 433 | bool hasLinkageBeenComputed() const { |
| 434 | return hasCachedLinkage(); |
| 435 | } |
| 436 | |
| 437 | /// Looks through UsingDecls and ObjCCompatibleAliasDecls for |
| 438 | /// the underlying named decl. |
| 439 | NamedDecl *getUnderlyingDecl() { |
| 440 | // Fast-path the common case. |
| 441 | if (this->getKind() != UsingShadow && |
| 442 | this->getKind() != ConstructorUsingShadow && |
| 443 | this->getKind() != ObjCCompatibleAlias && |
| 444 | this->getKind() != NamespaceAlias) |
| 445 | return this; |
| 446 | |
| 447 | return getUnderlyingDeclImpl(); |
| 448 | } |
| 449 | const NamedDecl *getUnderlyingDecl() const { |
| 450 | return const_cast<NamedDecl*>(this)->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| 451 | } |
| 452 | |
| 453 | NamedDecl *getMostRecentDecl() { |
| 454 | return cast<NamedDecl>(static_cast<Decl *>(this)->getMostRecentDecl()); |
| 455 | } |
| 456 | const NamedDecl *getMostRecentDecl() const { |
| 457 | return const_cast<NamedDecl*>(this)->getMostRecentDecl(); |
| 458 | } |
| 459 | |
| 460 | ObjCStringFormatFamily getObjCFStringFormattingFamily() const; |
| 461 | |
| 462 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 463 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstNamed && K <= lastNamed; } |
| 464 | }; |
| 465 | |
| 466 | inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const NamedDecl &ND) { |
| 467 | ND.printName(OS); |
| 468 | return OS; |
| 469 | } |
| 470 | |
| 471 | /// Represents the declaration of a label. Labels also have a |
| 472 | /// corresponding LabelStmt, which indicates the position that the label was |
| 473 | /// defined at. For normal labels, the location of the decl is the same as the |
| 474 | /// location of the statement. For GNU local labels (__label__), the decl |
| 475 | /// location is where the __label__ is. |
| 476 | class LabelDecl : public NamedDecl { |
| 477 | LabelStmt *TheStmt; |
| 478 | StringRef MSAsmName; |
| 479 | bool MSAsmNameResolved = false; |
| 480 | |
| 481 | /// For normal labels, this is the same as the main declaration |
| 482 | /// label, i.e., the location of the identifier; for GNU local labels, |
| 483 | /// this is the location of the __label__ keyword. |
| 484 | SourceLocation LocStart; |
| 485 | |
| 486 | LabelDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation IdentL, IdentifierInfo *II, |
| 487 | LabelStmt *S, SourceLocation StartL) |
| 488 | : NamedDecl(Label, DC, IdentL, II), TheStmt(S), LocStart(StartL) {} |
| 489 | |
| 490 | void anchor() override; |
| 491 | |
| 492 | public: |
| 493 | static LabelDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 494 | SourceLocation IdentL, IdentifierInfo *II); |
| 495 | static LabelDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 496 | SourceLocation IdentL, IdentifierInfo *II, |
| 497 | SourceLocation GnuLabelL); |
| 498 | static LabelDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 499 | |
| 500 | LabelStmt *getStmt() const { return TheStmt; } |
| 501 | void setStmt(LabelStmt *T) { TheStmt = T; } |
| 502 | |
| 503 | bool isGnuLocal() const { return LocStart != getLocation(); } |
| 504 | void setLocStart(SourceLocation L) { LocStart = L; } |
| 505 | |
| 506 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
| 507 | return SourceRange(LocStart, getLocation()); |
| 508 | } |
| 509 | |
| 510 | bool isMSAsmLabel() const { return !MSAsmName.empty(); } |
| 511 | bool isResolvedMSAsmLabel() const { return isMSAsmLabel() && MSAsmNameResolved; } |
| 512 | void setMSAsmLabel(StringRef Name); |
| 513 | StringRef getMSAsmLabel() const { return MSAsmName; } |
| 514 | void setMSAsmLabelResolved() { MSAsmNameResolved = true; } |
| 515 | |
| 516 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 517 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 518 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Label; } |
| 519 | }; |
| 520 | |
| 521 | /// Represent a C++ namespace. |
| 522 | class NamespaceDecl : public NamedDecl, public DeclContext, |
| 523 | public Redeclarable<NamespaceDecl> |
| 524 | { |
| 525 | /// The starting location of the source range, pointing |
| 526 | /// to either the namespace or the inline keyword. |
| 527 | SourceLocation LocStart; |
| 528 | |
| 529 | /// The ending location of the source range. |
| 530 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc; |
| 531 | |
| 532 | /// A pointer to either the anonymous namespace that lives just inside |
| 533 | /// this namespace or to the first namespace in the chain (the latter case |
| 534 | /// only when this is not the first in the chain), along with a |
| 535 | /// boolean value indicating whether this is an inline namespace. |
| 536 | llvm::PointerIntPair<NamespaceDecl *, 1, bool> AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline; |
| 537 | |
| 538 | NamespaceDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, bool Inline, |
| 539 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 540 | IdentifierInfo *Id, NamespaceDecl *PrevDecl); |
| 541 | |
| 542 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<NamespaceDecl>; |
| 543 | |
| 544 | NamespaceDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override; |
| 545 | NamespaceDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override; |
| 546 | NamespaceDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override; |
| 547 | |
| 548 | public: |
| 549 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 550 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
| 551 | |
| 552 | static NamespaceDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 553 | bool Inline, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 554 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 555 | NamespaceDecl *PrevDecl); |
| 556 | |
| 557 | static NamespaceDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 558 | |
| 559 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
| 560 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
| 561 | |
| 562 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
| 563 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
| 564 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
| 565 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
| 566 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
| 567 | using redeclarable_base::isFirstDecl; |
| 568 | |
| 569 | /// Returns true if this is an anonymous namespace declaration. |
| 570 | /// |
| 571 | /// For example: |
| 572 | /// \code |
| 573 | /// namespace { |
| 574 | /// ... |
| 575 | /// }; |
| 576 | /// \endcode |
| 577 | /// q.v. C++ [namespace.unnamed] |
| 578 | bool isAnonymousNamespace() const { |
| 579 | return !getIdentifier(); |
| 580 | } |
| 581 | |
| 582 | /// Returns true if this is an inline namespace declaration. |
| 583 | bool isInline() const { |
| 584 | return AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline.getInt(); |
| 585 | } |
| 586 | |
| 587 | /// Set whether this is an inline namespace declaration. |
| 588 | void setInline(bool Inline) { |
| 589 | AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline.setInt(Inline); |
| 590 | } |
| 591 | |
| 592 | /// Get the original (first) namespace declaration. |
| 593 | NamespaceDecl *getOriginalNamespace(); |
| 594 | |
| 595 | /// Get the original (first) namespace declaration. |
| 596 | const NamespaceDecl *getOriginalNamespace() const; |
| 597 | |
| 598 | /// Return true if this declaration is an original (first) declaration |
| 599 | /// of the namespace. This is false for non-original (subsequent) namespace |
| 600 | /// declarations and anonymous namespaces. |
| 601 | bool isOriginalNamespace() const; |
| 602 | |
| 603 | /// Retrieve the anonymous namespace nested inside this namespace, |
| 604 | /// if any. |
| 605 | NamespaceDecl *getAnonymousNamespace() const { |
| 606 | return getOriginalNamespace()->AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline.getPointer(); |
| 607 | } |
| 608 | |
| 609 | void setAnonymousNamespace(NamespaceDecl *D) { |
| 610 | getOriginalNamespace()->AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline.setPointer(D); |
| 611 | } |
| 612 | |
| 613 | /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this namespace. |
| 614 | NamespaceDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
| 615 | return getOriginalNamespace(); |
| 616 | } |
| 617 | const NamespaceDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
| 618 | return getOriginalNamespace(); |
| 619 | } |
| 620 | |
| 621 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
| 622 | return SourceRange(LocStart, RBraceLoc); |
| 623 | } |
| 624 | |
| 625 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return LocStart; } |
| 626 | SourceLocation getRBraceLoc() const { return RBraceLoc; } |
| 627 | void setLocStart(SourceLocation L) { LocStart = L; } |
| 628 | void setRBraceLoc(SourceLocation L) { RBraceLoc = L; } |
| 629 | |
| 630 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 631 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 632 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Namespace; } |
| 633 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const NamespaceDecl *D) { |
| 634 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<NamespaceDecl*>(D)); |
| 635 | } |
| 636 | static NamespaceDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
| 637 | return static_cast<NamespaceDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
| 638 | } |
| 639 | }; |
| 640 | |
| 641 | /// Represent the declaration of a variable (in which case it is |
| 642 | /// an lvalue) a function (in which case it is a function designator) or |
| 643 | /// an enum constant. |
| 644 | class ValueDecl : public NamedDecl { |
| 645 | QualType DeclType; |
| 646 | |
| 647 | void anchor() override; |
| 648 | |
| 649 | protected: |
| 650 | ValueDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, |
| 651 | DeclarationName N, QualType T) |
| 652 | : NamedDecl(DK, DC, L, N), DeclType(T) {} |
| 653 | |
| 654 | public: |
| 655 | QualType getType() const { return DeclType; } |
| 656 | void setType(QualType newType) { DeclType = newType; } |
| 657 | |
| 658 | /// Determine whether this symbol is weakly-imported, |
| 659 | /// or declared with the weak or weak-ref attr. |
| 660 | bool isWeak() const; |
| 661 | |
| 662 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 663 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 664 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstValue && K <= lastValue; } |
| 665 | }; |
| 666 | |
| 667 | /// A struct with extended info about a syntactic |
| 668 | /// name qualifier, to be used for the case of out-of-line declarations. |
| 669 | struct QualifierInfo { |
| 670 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; |
| 671 | |
| 672 | /// The number of "outer" template parameter lists. |
| 673 | /// The count includes all of the template parameter lists that were matched |
| 674 | /// against the template-ids occurring into the NNS and possibly (in the |
| 675 | /// case of an explicit specialization) a final "template <>". |
| 676 | unsigned NumTemplParamLists = 0; |
| 677 | |
| 678 | /// A new-allocated array of size NumTemplParamLists, |
| 679 | /// containing pointers to the "outer" template parameter lists. |
| 680 | /// It includes all of the template parameter lists that were matched |
| 681 | /// against the template-ids occurring into the NNS and possibly (in the |
| 682 | /// case of an explicit specialization) a final "template <>". |
| 683 | TemplateParameterList** TemplParamLists = nullptr; |
| 684 | |
| 685 | QualifierInfo() = default; |
| 686 | QualifierInfo(const QualifierInfo &) = delete; |
| 687 | QualifierInfo& operator=(const QualifierInfo &) = delete; |
| 688 | |
| 689 | /// Sets info about "outer" template parameter lists. |
| 690 | void setTemplateParameterListsInfo(ASTContext &Context, |
| 691 | ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> TPLists); |
| 692 | }; |
| 693 | |
| 694 | /// Represents a ValueDecl that came out of a declarator. |
| 695 | /// Contains type source information through TypeSourceInfo. |
| 696 | class DeclaratorDecl : public ValueDecl { |
| 697 | // A struct representing both a TInfo and a syntactic qualifier, |
| 698 | // to be used for the (uncommon) case of out-of-line declarations. |
| 699 | struct ExtInfo : public QualifierInfo { |
| 700 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
| 701 | }; |
| 702 | |
| 703 | llvm::PointerUnion<TypeSourceInfo *, ExtInfo *> DeclInfo; |
| 704 | |
| 705 | /// The start of the source range for this declaration, |
| 706 | /// ignoring outer template declarations. |
| 707 | SourceLocation InnerLocStart; |
| 708 | |
| 709 | bool hasExtInfo() const { return DeclInfo.is<ExtInfo*>(); } |
| 710 | ExtInfo *getExtInfo() { return DeclInfo.get<ExtInfo*>(); } |
| 711 | const ExtInfo *getExtInfo() const { return DeclInfo.get<ExtInfo*>(); } |
| 712 | |
| 713 | protected: |
| 714 | DeclaratorDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, |
| 715 | DeclarationName N, QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 716 | SourceLocation StartL) |
| 717 | : ValueDecl(DK, DC, L, N, T), DeclInfo(TInfo), InnerLocStart(StartL) {} |
| 718 | |
| 719 | public: |
| 720 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 721 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
| 722 | |
| 723 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { |
| 724 | return hasExtInfo() |
| 725 | ? getExtInfo()->TInfo |
| 726 | : DeclInfo.get<TypeSourceInfo*>(); |
| 727 | } |
| 728 | |
| 729 | void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { |
| 730 | if (hasExtInfo()) |
| 731 | getExtInfo()->TInfo = TI; |
| 732 | else |
| 733 | DeclInfo = TI; |
| 734 | } |
| 735 | |
| 736 | /// Return start of source range ignoring outer template declarations. |
| 737 | SourceLocation getInnerLocStart() const { return InnerLocStart; } |
| 738 | void setInnerLocStart(SourceLocation L) { InnerLocStart = L; } |
| 739 | |
| 740 | /// Return start of source range taking into account any outer template |
| 741 | /// declarations. |
| 742 | SourceLocation getOuterLocStart() const; |
| 743 | |
| 744 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 745 | |
| 746 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
| 747 | return getOuterLocStart(); |
| 748 | } |
| 749 | |
| 750 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name of this |
| 751 | /// declaration, if it was present in the source. |
| 752 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
| 753 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier() |
| 754 | : nullptr; |
| 755 | } |
| 756 | |
| 757 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier (with source-location |
| 758 | /// information) that qualifies the name of this declaration, if it was |
| 759 | /// present in the source. |
| 760 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { |
| 761 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->QualifierLoc |
| 762 | : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(); |
| 763 | } |
| 764 | |
| 765 | void setQualifierInfo(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc); |
| 766 | |
| 767 | unsigned getNumTemplateParameterLists() const { |
| 768 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->NumTemplParamLists : 0; |
| 769 | } |
| 770 | |
| 771 | TemplateParameterList *getTemplateParameterList(unsigned index) const { |
| 772 | assert(index < getNumTemplateParameterLists())((index < getNumTemplateParameterLists()) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("index < getNumTemplateParameterLists()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 772, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 773 | return getExtInfo()->TemplParamLists[index]; |
| 774 | } |
| 775 | |
| 776 | void setTemplateParameterListsInfo(ASTContext &Context, |
| 777 | ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> TPLists); |
| 778 | |
| 779 | SourceLocation getTypeSpecStartLoc() const; |
| 780 | |
| 781 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 782 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 783 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
| 784 | return K >= firstDeclarator && K <= lastDeclarator; |
| 785 | } |
| 786 | }; |
| 787 | |
| 788 | /// Structure used to store a statement, the constant value to |
| 789 | /// which it was evaluated (if any), and whether or not the statement |
| 790 | /// is an integral constant expression (if known). |
| 791 | struct EvaluatedStmt { |
| 792 | /// Whether this statement was already evaluated. |
| 793 | bool WasEvaluated : 1; |
| 794 | |
| 795 | /// Whether this statement is being evaluated. |
| 796 | bool IsEvaluating : 1; |
| 797 | |
| 798 | /// Whether we already checked whether this statement was an |
| 799 | /// integral constant expression. |
| 800 | bool CheckedICE : 1; |
| 801 | |
| 802 | /// Whether we are checking whether this statement is an |
| 803 | /// integral constant expression. |
| 804 | bool CheckingICE : 1; |
| 805 | |
| 806 | /// Whether this statement is an integral constant expression, |
| 807 | /// or in C++11, whether the statement is a constant expression. Only |
| 808 | /// valid if CheckedICE is true. |
| 809 | bool IsICE : 1; |
| 810 | |
| 811 | /// Whether this variable is known to have constant destruction. That is, |
| 812 | /// whether running the destructor on the initial value is a side-effect |
| 813 | /// (and doesn't inspect any state that might have changed during program |
| 814 | /// execution). This is currently only computed if the destructor is |
| 815 | /// non-trivial. |
| 816 | bool HasConstantDestruction : 1; |
| 817 | |
| 818 | Stmt *Value; |
| 819 | APValue Evaluated; |
| 820 | |
| 821 | EvaluatedStmt() |
| 822 | : WasEvaluated(false), IsEvaluating(false), CheckedICE(false), |
| 823 | CheckingICE(false), IsICE(false), HasConstantDestruction(false) {} |
| 824 | }; |
| 825 | |
| 826 | /// Represents a variable declaration or definition. |
| 827 | class VarDecl : public DeclaratorDecl, public Redeclarable<VarDecl> { |
| 828 | public: |
| 829 | /// Initialization styles. |
| 830 | enum InitializationStyle { |
| 831 | /// C-style initialization with assignment |
| 832 | CInit, |
| 833 | |
| 834 | /// Call-style initialization (C++98) |
| 835 | CallInit, |
| 836 | |
| 837 | /// Direct list-initialization (C++11) |
| 838 | ListInit |
| 839 | }; |
| 840 | |
| 841 | /// Kinds of thread-local storage. |
| 842 | enum TLSKind { |
| 843 | /// Not a TLS variable. |
| 844 | TLS_None, |
| 845 | |
| 846 | /// TLS with a known-constant initializer. |
| 847 | TLS_Static, |
| 848 | |
| 849 | /// TLS with a dynamic initializer. |
| 850 | TLS_Dynamic |
| 851 | }; |
| 852 | |
| 853 | /// Return the string used to specify the storage class \p SC. |
| 854 | /// |
| 855 | /// It is illegal to call this function with SC == None. |
| 856 | static const char *getStorageClassSpecifierString(StorageClass SC); |
| 857 | |
| 858 | protected: |
| 859 | // A pointer union of Stmt * and EvaluatedStmt *. When an EvaluatedStmt, we |
| 860 | // have allocated the auxiliary struct of information there. |
| 861 | // |
| 862 | // TODO: It is a bit unfortunate to use a PointerUnion inside the VarDecl for |
| 863 | // this as *many* VarDecls are ParmVarDecls that don't have default |
| 864 | // arguments. We could save some space by moving this pointer union to be |
| 865 | // allocated in trailing space when necessary. |
| 866 | using InitType = llvm::PointerUnion<Stmt *, EvaluatedStmt *>; |
| 867 | |
| 868 | /// The initializer for this variable or, for a ParmVarDecl, the |
| 869 | /// C++ default argument. |
| 870 | mutable InitType Init; |
| 871 | |
| 872 | private: |
| 873 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 874 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
| 875 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
| 876 | |
| 877 | class VarDeclBitfields { |
| 878 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 879 | friend class VarDecl; |
| 880 | |
| 881 | unsigned SClass : 3; |
| 882 | unsigned TSCSpec : 2; |
| 883 | unsigned InitStyle : 2; |
| 884 | |
| 885 | /// Whether this variable is an ARC pseudo-__strong variable; see |
| 886 | /// isARCPseudoStrong() for details. |
| 887 | unsigned ARCPseudoStrong : 1; |
| 888 | }; |
| 889 | enum { NumVarDeclBits = 8 }; |
| 890 | |
| 891 | protected: |
| 892 | enum { NumParameterIndexBits = 8 }; |
| 893 | |
| 894 | enum DefaultArgKind { |
| 895 | DAK_None, |
| 896 | DAK_Unparsed, |
| 897 | DAK_Uninstantiated, |
| 898 | DAK_Normal |
| 899 | }; |
| 900 | |
| 901 | class ParmVarDeclBitfields { |
| 902 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 903 | friend class ParmVarDecl; |
| 904 | |
| 905 | unsigned : NumVarDeclBits; |
| 906 | |
| 907 | /// Whether this parameter inherits a default argument from a |
| 908 | /// prior declaration. |
| 909 | unsigned HasInheritedDefaultArg : 1; |
| 910 | |
| 911 | /// Describes the kind of default argument for this parameter. By default |
| 912 | /// this is none. If this is normal, then the default argument is stored in |
| 913 | /// the \c VarDecl initializer expression unless we were unable to parse |
| 914 | /// (even an invalid) expression for the default argument. |
| 915 | unsigned DefaultArgKind : 2; |
| 916 | |
| 917 | /// Whether this parameter undergoes K&R argument promotion. |
| 918 | unsigned IsKNRPromoted : 1; |
| 919 | |
| 920 | /// Whether this parameter is an ObjC method parameter or not. |
| 921 | unsigned IsObjCMethodParam : 1; |
| 922 | |
| 923 | /// If IsObjCMethodParam, a Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier. |
| 924 | /// Otherwise, the number of function parameter scopes enclosing |
| 925 | /// the function parameter scope in which this parameter was |
| 926 | /// declared. |
| 927 | unsigned ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals : 7; |
| 928 | |
| 929 | /// The number of parameters preceding this parameter in the |
| 930 | /// function parameter scope in which it was declared. |
| 931 | unsigned ParameterIndex : NumParameterIndexBits; |
| 932 | }; |
| 933 | |
| 934 | class NonParmVarDeclBitfields { |
| 935 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 936 | friend class ImplicitParamDecl; |
| 937 | friend class VarDecl; |
| 938 | |
| 939 | unsigned : NumVarDeclBits; |
| 940 | |
| 941 | // FIXME: We need something similar to CXXRecordDecl::DefinitionData. |
| 942 | /// Whether this variable is a definition which was demoted due to |
| 943 | /// module merge. |
| 944 | unsigned IsThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition : 1; |
| 945 | |
| 946 | /// Whether this variable is the exception variable in a C++ catch |
| 947 | /// or an Objective-C @catch statement. |
| 948 | unsigned ExceptionVar : 1; |
| 949 | |
| 950 | /// Whether this local variable could be allocated in the return |
| 951 | /// slot of its function, enabling the named return value optimization |
| 952 | /// (NRVO). |
| 953 | unsigned NRVOVariable : 1; |
| 954 | |
| 955 | /// Whether this variable is the for-range-declaration in a C++0x |
| 956 | /// for-range statement. |
| 957 | unsigned CXXForRangeDecl : 1; |
| 958 | |
| 959 | /// Whether this variable is the for-in loop declaration in Objective-C. |
| 960 | unsigned ObjCForDecl : 1; |
| 961 | |
| 962 | /// Whether this variable is (C++1z) inline. |
| 963 | unsigned IsInline : 1; |
| 964 | |
| 965 | /// Whether this variable has (C++1z) inline explicitly specified. |
| 966 | unsigned IsInlineSpecified : 1; |
| 967 | |
| 968 | /// Whether this variable is (C++0x) constexpr. |
| 969 | unsigned IsConstexpr : 1; |
| 970 | |
| 971 | /// Whether this variable is the implicit variable for a lambda |
| 972 | /// init-capture. |
| 973 | unsigned IsInitCapture : 1; |
| 974 | |
| 975 | /// Whether this local extern variable's previous declaration was |
| 976 | /// declared in the same block scope. This controls whether we should merge |
| 977 | /// the type of this declaration with its previous declaration. |
| 978 | unsigned PreviousDeclInSameBlockScope : 1; |
| 979 | |
| 980 | /// Defines kind of the ImplicitParamDecl: 'this', 'self', 'vtt', '_cmd' or |
| 981 | /// something else. |
| 982 | unsigned ImplicitParamKind : 3; |
| 983 | |
| 984 | unsigned EscapingByref : 1; |
| 985 | }; |
| 986 | |
| 987 | union { |
| 988 | unsigned AllBits; |
| 989 | VarDeclBitfields VarDeclBits; |
| 990 | ParmVarDeclBitfields ParmVarDeclBits; |
| 991 | NonParmVarDeclBitfields NonParmVarDeclBits; |
| 992 | }; |
| 993 | |
| 994 | VarDecl(Kind DK, ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 995 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T, |
| 996 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass SC); |
| 997 | |
| 998 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<VarDecl>; |
| 999 | |
| 1000 | VarDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override { |
| 1001 | return getNextRedeclaration(); |
| 1002 | } |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 | VarDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override { |
| 1005 | return getPreviousDecl(); |
| 1006 | } |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 | VarDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override { |
| 1009 | return getMostRecentDecl(); |
| 1010 | } |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 | public: |
| 1013 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
| 1014 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
| 1015 | |
| 1016 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
| 1017 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
| 1018 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
| 1019 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
| 1020 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
| 1021 | using redeclarable_base::isFirstDecl; |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | static VarDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 1024 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 1025 | IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 1026 | StorageClass S); |
| 1027 | |
| 1028 | static VarDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 | /// Returns the storage class as written in the source. For the |
| 1033 | /// computed linkage of symbol, see getLinkage. |
| 1034 | StorageClass getStorageClass() const { |
| 1035 | return (StorageClass) VarDeclBits.SClass; |
| 1036 | } |
| 1037 | void setStorageClass(StorageClass SC); |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | void setTSCSpec(ThreadStorageClassSpecifier TSC) { |
| 1040 | VarDeclBits.TSCSpec = TSC; |
| 1041 | assert(VarDeclBits.TSCSpec == TSC && "truncation")((VarDeclBits.TSCSpec == TSC && "truncation") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("VarDeclBits.TSCSpec == TSC && \"truncation\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1041, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1042 | } |
| 1043 | ThreadStorageClassSpecifier getTSCSpec() const { |
| 1044 | return static_cast<ThreadStorageClassSpecifier>(VarDeclBits.TSCSpec); |
| 1045 | } |
| 1046 | TLSKind getTLSKind() const; |
| 1047 | |
| 1048 | /// Returns true if a variable with function scope is a non-static local |
| 1049 | /// variable. |
| 1050 | bool hasLocalStorage() const { |
| 1051 | if (getStorageClass() == SC_None) { |
| 1052 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: The __constant or constant address space name is |
| 1053 | // used to describe variables allocated in global memory and which are |
| 1054 | // accessed inside a kernel(s) as read-only variables. As such, variables |
| 1055 | // in constant address space cannot have local storage. |
| 1056 | if (getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) |
| 1057 | return false; |
| 1058 | // Second check is for C++11 [dcl.stc]p4. |
| 1059 | return !isFileVarDecl() && getTSCSpec() == TSCS_unspecified; |
| 1060 | } |
| 1061 | |
| 1062 | // Global Named Register (GNU extension) |
| 1063 | if (getStorageClass() == SC_Register && !isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) |
| 1064 | return false; |
| 1065 | |
| 1066 | // Return true for: Auto, Register. |
| 1067 | // Return false for: Extern, Static, PrivateExtern, OpenCLWorkGroupLocal. |
| 1068 | |
| 1069 | return getStorageClass() >= SC_Auto; |
| 1070 | } |
| 1071 | |
| 1072 | /// Returns true if a variable with function scope is a static local |
| 1073 | /// variable. |
| 1074 | bool isStaticLocal() const { |
| 1075 | return (getStorageClass() == SC_Static || |
| 1076 | // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4 |
| 1077 | (getStorageClass() == SC_None && getTSCSpec() == TSCS_thread_local)) |
| 1078 | && !isFileVarDecl(); |
| 1079 | } |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 | /// Returns true if a variable has extern or __private_extern__ |
| 1082 | /// storage. |
| 1083 | bool hasExternalStorage() const { |
| 1084 | return getStorageClass() == SC_Extern || |
| 1085 | getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern; |
| 1086 | } |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | /// Returns true for all variables that do not have local storage. |
| 1089 | /// |
| 1090 | /// This includes all global variables as well as static variables declared |
| 1091 | /// within a function. |
| 1092 | bool hasGlobalStorage() const { return !hasLocalStorage(); } |
| 1093 | |
| 1094 | /// Get the storage duration of this variable, per C++ [basic.stc]. |
| 1095 | StorageDuration getStorageDuration() const { |
| 1096 | return hasLocalStorage() ? SD_Automatic : |
| 1097 | getTSCSpec() ? SD_Thread : SD_Static; |
| 1098 | } |
| 1099 | |
| 1100 | /// Compute the language linkage. |
| 1101 | LanguageLinkage getLanguageLinkage() const; |
| 1102 | |
| 1103 | /// Determines whether this variable is a variable with external, C linkage. |
| 1104 | bool isExternC() const; |
| 1105 | |
| 1106 | /// Determines whether this variable's context is, or is nested within, |
| 1107 | /// a C++ extern "C" linkage spec. |
| 1108 | bool isInExternCContext() const; |
| 1109 | |
| 1110 | /// Determines whether this variable's context is, or is nested within, |
| 1111 | /// a C++ extern "C++" linkage spec. |
| 1112 | bool isInExternCXXContext() const; |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 | /// Returns true for local variable declarations other than parameters. |
| 1115 | /// Note that this includes static variables inside of functions. It also |
| 1116 | /// includes variables inside blocks. |
| 1117 | /// |
| 1118 | /// void foo() { int x; static int y; extern int z; } |
| 1119 | bool isLocalVarDecl() const { |
| 1120 | if (getKind() != Decl::Var && getKind() != Decl::Decomposition) |
| 1121 | return false; |
| 1122 | if (const DeclContext *DC = getLexicalDeclContext()) |
| 1123 | return DC->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); |
| 1124 | return false; |
| 1125 | } |
| 1126 | |
| 1127 | /// Similar to isLocalVarDecl but also includes parameters. |
| 1128 | bool isLocalVarDeclOrParm() const { |
| 1129 | return isLocalVarDecl() || getKind() == Decl::ParmVar; |
| 1130 | } |
| 1131 | |
| 1132 | /// Similar to isLocalVarDecl, but excludes variables declared in blocks. |
| 1133 | bool isFunctionOrMethodVarDecl() const { |
| 1134 | if (getKind() != Decl::Var && getKind() != Decl::Decomposition) |
| 1135 | return false; |
| 1136 | const DeclContext *DC = getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
| 1137 | return DC->isFunctionOrMethod() && DC->getDeclKind() != Decl::Block; |
| 1138 | } |
| 1139 | |
| 1140 | /// Determines whether this is a static data member. |
| 1141 | /// |
| 1142 | /// This will only be true in C++, and applies to, e.g., the |
| 1143 | /// variable 'x' in: |
| 1144 | /// \code |
| 1145 | /// struct S { |
| 1146 | /// static int x; |
| 1147 | /// }; |
| 1148 | /// \endcode |
| 1149 | bool isStaticDataMember() const { |
| 1150 | // If it wasn't static, it would be a FieldDecl. |
| 1151 | return getKind() != Decl::ParmVar && getDeclContext()->isRecord(); |
| 1152 | } |
| 1153 | |
| 1154 | VarDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override; |
| 1155 | const VarDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
| 1156 | return const_cast<VarDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
| 1157 | } |
| 1158 | |
| 1159 | enum DefinitionKind { |
| 1160 | /// This declaration is only a declaration. |
| 1161 | DeclarationOnly, |
| 1162 | |
| 1163 | /// This declaration is a tentative definition. |
| 1164 | TentativeDefinition, |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 | /// This declaration is definitely a definition. |
| 1167 | Definition |
| 1168 | }; |
| 1169 | |
| 1170 | /// Check whether this declaration is a definition. If this could be |
| 1171 | /// a tentative definition (in C), don't check whether there's an overriding |
| 1172 | /// definition. |
| 1173 | DefinitionKind isThisDeclarationADefinition(ASTContext &) const; |
| 1174 | DefinitionKind isThisDeclarationADefinition() const { |
| 1175 | return isThisDeclarationADefinition(getASTContext()); |
| 1176 | } |
| 1177 | |
| 1178 | /// Check whether this variable is defined in this translation unit. |
| 1179 | DefinitionKind hasDefinition(ASTContext &) const; |
| 1180 | DefinitionKind hasDefinition() const { |
| 1181 | return hasDefinition(getASTContext()); |
| 1182 | } |
| 1183 | |
| 1184 | /// Get the tentative definition that acts as the real definition in a TU. |
| 1185 | /// Returns null if there is a proper definition available. |
| 1186 | VarDecl *getActingDefinition(); |
| 1187 | const VarDecl *getActingDefinition() const { |
| 1188 | return const_cast<VarDecl*>(this)->getActingDefinition(); |
| 1189 | } |
| 1190 | |
| 1191 | /// Get the real (not just tentative) definition for this declaration. |
| 1192 | VarDecl *getDefinition(ASTContext &); |
| 1193 | const VarDecl *getDefinition(ASTContext &C) const { |
| 1194 | return const_cast<VarDecl*>(this)->getDefinition(C); |
| 1195 | } |
| 1196 | VarDecl *getDefinition() { |
| 1197 | return getDefinition(getASTContext()); |
| 1198 | } |
| 1199 | const VarDecl *getDefinition() const { |
| 1200 | return const_cast<VarDecl*>(this)->getDefinition(); |
| 1201 | } |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 | /// Determine whether this is or was instantiated from an out-of-line |
| 1204 | /// definition of a static data member. |
| 1205 | bool isOutOfLine() const override; |
| 1206 | |
| 1207 | /// Returns true for file scoped variable declaration. |
| 1208 | bool isFileVarDecl() const { |
| 1209 | Kind K = getKind(); |
| 1210 | if (K == ParmVar || K == ImplicitParam) |
| 1211 | return false; |
| 1212 | |
| 1213 | if (getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) |
| 1214 | return true; |
| 1215 | |
| 1216 | if (isStaticDataMember()) |
| 1217 | return true; |
| 1218 | |
| 1219 | return false; |
| 1220 | } |
| 1221 | |
| 1222 | /// Get the initializer for this variable, no matter which |
| 1223 | /// declaration it is attached to. |
| 1224 | const Expr *getAnyInitializer() const { |
| 1225 | const VarDecl *D; |
| 1226 | return getAnyInitializer(D); |
| 1227 | } |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 | /// Get the initializer for this variable, no matter which |
| 1230 | /// declaration it is attached to. Also get that declaration. |
| 1231 | const Expr *getAnyInitializer(const VarDecl *&D) const; |
| 1232 | |
| 1233 | bool hasInit() const; |
| 1234 | const Expr *getInit() const { |
| 1235 | return const_cast<VarDecl *>(this)->getInit(); |
| 1236 | } |
| 1237 | Expr *getInit(); |
| 1238 | |
| 1239 | /// Retrieve the address of the initializer expression. |
| 1240 | Stmt **getInitAddress(); |
| 1241 | |
| 1242 | void setInit(Expr *I); |
| 1243 | |
| 1244 | /// Get the initializing declaration of this variable, if any. This is |
| 1245 | /// usually the definition, except that for a static data member it can be |
| 1246 | /// the in-class declaration. |
| 1247 | VarDecl *getInitializingDeclaration(); |
| 1248 | const VarDecl *getInitializingDeclaration() const { |
| 1249 | return const_cast<VarDecl *>(this)->getInitializingDeclaration(); |
| 1250 | } |
| 1251 | |
| 1252 | /// Determine whether this variable's value might be usable in a |
| 1253 | /// constant expression, according to the relevant language standard. |
| 1254 | /// This only checks properties of the declaration, and does not check |
| 1255 | /// whether the initializer is in fact a constant expression. |
| 1256 | bool mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(ASTContext &C) const; |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 | /// Determine whether this variable's value can be used in a |
| 1259 | /// constant expression, according to the relevant language standard, |
| 1260 | /// including checking whether it was initialized by a constant expression. |
| 1261 | bool isUsableInConstantExpressions(ASTContext &C) const; |
| 1262 | |
| 1263 | EvaluatedStmt *ensureEvaluatedStmt() const; |
| 1264 | |
| 1265 | /// Attempt to evaluate the value of the initializer attached to this |
| 1266 | /// declaration, and produce notes explaining why it cannot be evaluated or is |
| 1267 | /// not a constant expression. Returns a pointer to the value if evaluation |
| 1268 | /// succeeded, 0 otherwise. |
| 1269 | APValue *evaluateValue() const; |
| 1270 | APValue *evaluateValue(SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Notes) const; |
| 1271 | |
| 1272 | /// Return the already-evaluated value of this variable's |
| 1273 | /// initializer, or NULL if the value is not yet known. Returns pointer |
| 1274 | /// to untyped APValue if the value could not be evaluated. |
| 1275 | APValue *getEvaluatedValue() const; |
| 1276 | |
| 1277 | /// Evaluate the destruction of this variable to determine if it constitutes |
| 1278 | /// constant destruction. |
| 1279 | /// |
| 1280 | /// \pre isInitICE() |
| 1281 | /// \return \c true if this variable has constant destruction, \c false if |
| 1282 | /// not. |
| 1283 | bool evaluateDestruction(SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Notes) const; |
| 1284 | |
| 1285 | /// Determines whether it is already known whether the |
| 1286 | /// initializer is an integral constant expression or not. |
| 1287 | bool isInitKnownICE() const; |
| 1288 | |
| 1289 | /// Determines whether the initializer is an integral constant |
| 1290 | /// expression, or in C++11, whether the initializer is a constant |
| 1291 | /// expression. |
| 1292 | /// |
| 1293 | /// \pre isInitKnownICE() |
| 1294 | bool isInitICE() const; |
| 1295 | |
| 1296 | /// Determine whether the value of the initializer attached to this |
| 1297 | /// declaration is an integral constant expression. |
| 1298 | bool checkInitIsICE() const; |
| 1299 | |
| 1300 | void setInitStyle(InitializationStyle Style) { |
| 1301 | VarDeclBits.InitStyle = Style; |
| 1302 | } |
| 1303 | |
| 1304 | /// The style of initialization for this declaration. |
| 1305 | /// |
| 1306 | /// C-style initialization is "int x = 1;". Call-style initialization is |
| 1307 | /// a C++98 direct-initializer, e.g. "int x(1);". The Init expression will be |
| 1308 | /// the expression inside the parens or a "ClassType(a,b,c)" class constructor |
| 1309 | /// expression for class types. List-style initialization is C++11 syntax, |
| 1310 | /// e.g. "int x{1};". Clients can distinguish between different forms of |
| 1311 | /// initialization by checking this value. In particular, "int x = {1};" is |
| 1312 | /// C-style, "int x({1})" is call-style, and "int x{1};" is list-style; the |
| 1313 | /// Init expression in all three cases is an InitListExpr. |
| 1314 | InitializationStyle getInitStyle() const { |
| 1315 | return static_cast<InitializationStyle>(VarDeclBits.InitStyle); |
| 1316 | } |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 | /// Whether the initializer is a direct-initializer (list or call). |
| 1319 | bool isDirectInit() const { |
| 1320 | return getInitStyle() != CInit; |
| 1321 | } |
| 1322 | |
| 1323 | /// If this definition should pretend to be a declaration. |
| 1324 | bool isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() const { |
| 1325 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : |
| 1326 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition; |
| 1327 | } |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 | /// This is a definition which should be demoted to a declaration. |
| 1330 | /// |
| 1331 | /// In some cases (mostly module merging) we can end up with two visible |
| 1332 | /// definitions one of which needs to be demoted to a declaration to keep |
| 1333 | /// the AST invariants. |
| 1334 | void demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration() { |
| 1335 | assert(isThisDeclarationADefinition() && "Not a definition!")((isThisDeclarationADefinition() && "Not a definition!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isThisDeclarationADefinition() && \"Not a definition!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1335, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1336 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) && "Cannot demote ParmVarDecls!")((!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) && "Cannot demote ParmVarDecls!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) && \"Cannot demote ParmVarDecls!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1336, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1337 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition = 1; |
| 1338 | } |
| 1339 | |
| 1340 | /// Determine whether this variable is the exception variable in a |
| 1341 | /// C++ catch statememt or an Objective-C \@catch statement. |
| 1342 | bool isExceptionVariable() const { |
| 1343 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.ExceptionVar; |
| 1344 | } |
| 1345 | void setExceptionVariable(bool EV) { |
| 1346 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))((!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1346, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1347 | NonParmVarDeclBits.ExceptionVar = EV; |
| 1348 | } |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 | /// Determine whether this local variable can be used with the named |
| 1351 | /// return value optimization (NRVO). |
| 1352 | /// |
| 1353 | /// The named return value optimization (NRVO) works by marking certain |
| 1354 | /// non-volatile local variables of class type as NRVO objects. These |
| 1355 | /// locals can be allocated within the return slot of their containing |
| 1356 | /// function, in which case there is no need to copy the object to the |
| 1357 | /// return slot when returning from the function. Within the function body, |
| 1358 | /// each return that returns the NRVO object will have this variable as its |
| 1359 | /// NRVO candidate. |
| 1360 | bool isNRVOVariable() const { |
| 1361 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.NRVOVariable; |
| 1362 | } |
| 1363 | void setNRVOVariable(bool NRVO) { |
| 1364 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))((!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1364, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1365 | NonParmVarDeclBits.NRVOVariable = NRVO; |
| 1366 | } |
| 1367 | |
| 1368 | /// Determine whether this variable is the for-range-declaration in |
| 1369 | /// a C++0x for-range statement. |
| 1370 | bool isCXXForRangeDecl() const { |
| 1371 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.CXXForRangeDecl; |
| 1372 | } |
| 1373 | void setCXXForRangeDecl(bool FRD) { |
| 1374 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))((!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1374, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1375 | NonParmVarDeclBits.CXXForRangeDecl = FRD; |
| 1376 | } |
| 1377 | |
| 1378 | /// Determine whether this variable is a for-loop declaration for a |
| 1379 | /// for-in statement in Objective-C. |
| 1380 | bool isObjCForDecl() const { |
| 1381 | return NonParmVarDeclBits.ObjCForDecl; |
| 1382 | } |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 | void setObjCForDecl(bool FRD) { |
| 1385 | NonParmVarDeclBits.ObjCForDecl = FRD; |
| 1386 | } |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 | /// Determine whether this variable is an ARC pseudo-__strong variable. A |
| 1389 | /// pseudo-__strong variable has a __strong-qualified type but does not |
| 1390 | /// actually retain the object written into it. Generally such variables are |
| 1391 | /// also 'const' for safety. There are 3 cases where this will be set, 1) if |
| 1392 | /// the variable is annotated with the objc_externally_retained attribute, 2) |
| 1393 | /// if its 'self' in a non-init method, or 3) if its the variable in an for-in |
| 1394 | /// loop. |
| 1395 | bool isARCPseudoStrong() const { return VarDeclBits.ARCPseudoStrong; } |
| 1396 | void setARCPseudoStrong(bool PS) { VarDeclBits.ARCPseudoStrong = PS; } |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 | /// Whether this variable is (C++1z) inline. |
| 1399 | bool isInline() const { |
| 1400 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInline; |
| 1401 | } |
| 1402 | bool isInlineSpecified() const { |
| 1403 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false |
| 1404 | : NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInlineSpecified; |
| 1405 | } |
| 1406 | void setInlineSpecified() { |
| 1407 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))((!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1407, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1408 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInline = true; |
| 1409 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInlineSpecified = true; |
| 1410 | } |
| 1411 | void setImplicitlyInline() { |
| 1412 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))((!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1412, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1413 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInline = true; |
| 1414 | } |
| 1415 | |
| 1416 | /// Whether this variable is (C++11) constexpr. |
| 1417 | bool isConstexpr() const { |
| 1418 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.IsConstexpr; |
| 1419 | } |
| 1420 | void setConstexpr(bool IC) { |
| 1421 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))((!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1421, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1422 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsConstexpr = IC; |
| 1423 | } |
| 1424 | |
| 1425 | /// Whether this variable is the implicit variable for a lambda init-capture. |
| 1426 | bool isInitCapture() const { |
| 1427 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInitCapture; |
| 1428 | } |
| 1429 | void setInitCapture(bool IC) { |
| 1430 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))((!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1430, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1431 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInitCapture = IC; |
| 1432 | } |
| 1433 | |
| 1434 | /// Determine whether this variable is actually a function parameter pack or |
| 1435 | /// init-capture pack. |
| 1436 | bool isParameterPack() const; |
| 1437 | |
| 1438 | /// Whether this local extern variable declaration's previous declaration |
| 1439 | /// was declared in the same block scope. Only correct in C++. |
| 1440 | bool isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() const { |
| 1441 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) |
| 1442 | ? false |
| 1443 | : NonParmVarDeclBits.PreviousDeclInSameBlockScope; |
| 1444 | } |
| 1445 | void setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(bool Same) { |
| 1446 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))((!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1446, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1447 | NonParmVarDeclBits.PreviousDeclInSameBlockScope = Same; |
| 1448 | } |
| 1449 | |
| 1450 | /// Indicates the capture is a __block variable that is captured by a block |
| 1451 | /// that can potentially escape (a block for which BlockDecl::doesNotEscape |
| 1452 | /// returns false). |
| 1453 | bool isEscapingByref() const; |
| 1454 | |
| 1455 | /// Indicates the capture is a __block variable that is never captured by an |
| 1456 | /// escaping block. |
| 1457 | bool isNonEscapingByref() const; |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 | void setEscapingByref() { |
| 1460 | NonParmVarDeclBits.EscapingByref = true; |
| 1461 | } |
| 1462 | |
| 1463 | /// Retrieve the variable declaration from which this variable could |
| 1464 | /// be instantiated, if it is an instantiation (rather than a non-template). |
| 1465 | VarDecl *getTemplateInstantiationPattern() const; |
| 1466 | |
| 1467 | /// If this variable is an instantiated static data member of a |
| 1468 | /// class template specialization, returns the templated static data member |
| 1469 | /// from which it was instantiated. |
| 1470 | VarDecl *getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember() const; |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 | /// If this variable is an instantiation of a variable template or a |
| 1473 | /// static data member of a class template, determine what kind of |
| 1474 | /// template specialization or instantiation this is. |
| 1475 | TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const; |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 | /// Get the template specialization kind of this variable for the purposes of |
| 1478 | /// template instantiation. This differs from getTemplateSpecializationKind() |
| 1479 | /// for an instantiation of a class-scope explicit specialization. |
| 1480 | TemplateSpecializationKind |
| 1481 | getTemplateSpecializationKindForInstantiation() const; |
| 1482 | |
| 1483 | /// If this variable is an instantiation of a variable template or a |
| 1484 | /// static data member of a class template, determine its point of |
| 1485 | /// instantiation. |
| 1486 | SourceLocation getPointOfInstantiation() const; |
| 1487 | |
| 1488 | /// If this variable is an instantiation of a static data member of a |
| 1489 | /// class template specialization, retrieves the member specialization |
| 1490 | /// information. |
| 1491 | MemberSpecializationInfo *getMemberSpecializationInfo() const; |
| 1492 | |
| 1493 | /// For a static data member that was instantiated from a static |
| 1494 | /// data member of a class template, set the template specialiation kind. |
| 1495 | void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
| 1496 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation()); |
| 1497 | |
| 1498 | /// Specify that this variable is an instantiation of the |
| 1499 | /// static data member VD. |
| 1500 | void setInstantiationOfStaticDataMember(VarDecl *VD, |
| 1501 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
| 1502 | |
| 1503 | /// Retrieves the variable template that is described by this |
| 1504 | /// variable declaration. |
| 1505 | /// |
| 1506 | /// Every variable template is represented as a VarTemplateDecl and a |
| 1507 | /// VarDecl. The former contains template properties (such as |
| 1508 | /// the template parameter lists) while the latter contains the |
| 1509 | /// actual description of the template's |
| 1510 | /// contents. VarTemplateDecl::getTemplatedDecl() retrieves the |
| 1511 | /// VarDecl that from a VarTemplateDecl, while |
| 1512 | /// getDescribedVarTemplate() retrieves the VarTemplateDecl from |
| 1513 | /// a VarDecl. |
| 1514 | VarTemplateDecl *getDescribedVarTemplate() const; |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 | void setDescribedVarTemplate(VarTemplateDecl *Template); |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 | // Is this variable known to have a definition somewhere in the complete |
| 1519 | // program? This may be true even if the declaration has internal linkage and |
| 1520 | // has no definition within this source file. |
| 1521 | bool isKnownToBeDefined() const; |
| 1522 | |
| 1523 | /// Is destruction of this variable entirely suppressed? If so, the variable |
| 1524 | /// need not have a usable destructor at all. |
| 1525 | bool isNoDestroy(const ASTContext &) const; |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 | /// Do we need to emit an exit-time destructor for this variable, and if so, |
| 1528 | /// what kind? |
| 1529 | QualType::DestructionKind needsDestruction(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
| 1530 | |
| 1531 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 1532 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 1533 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstVar && K <= lastVar; } |
| 1534 | }; |
| 1535 | |
| 1536 | class ImplicitParamDecl : public VarDecl { |
| 1537 | void anchor() override; |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 | public: |
| 1540 | /// Defines the kind of the implicit parameter: is this an implicit parameter |
| 1541 | /// with pointer to 'this', 'self', '_cmd', virtual table pointers, captured |
| 1542 | /// context or something else. |
| 1543 | enum ImplicitParamKind : unsigned { |
| 1544 | /// Parameter for Objective-C 'self' argument |
| 1545 | ObjCSelf, |
| 1546 | |
| 1547 | /// Parameter for Objective-C '_cmd' argument |
| 1548 | ObjCCmd, |
| 1549 | |
| 1550 | /// Parameter for C++ 'this' argument |
| 1551 | CXXThis, |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 | /// Parameter for C++ virtual table pointers |
| 1554 | CXXVTT, |
| 1555 | |
| 1556 | /// Parameter for captured context |
| 1557 | CapturedContext, |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 | /// Other implicit parameter |
| 1560 | Other, |
| 1561 | }; |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | /// Create implicit parameter. |
| 1564 | static ImplicitParamDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 1565 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 1566 | QualType T, ImplicitParamKind ParamKind); |
| 1567 | static ImplicitParamDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, QualType T, |
| 1568 | ImplicitParamKind ParamKind); |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 | static ImplicitParamDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 1571 | |
| 1572 | ImplicitParamDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 1573 | IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType Type, |
| 1574 | ImplicitParamKind ParamKind) |
| 1575 | : VarDecl(ImplicitParam, C, DC, IdLoc, IdLoc, Id, Type, |
| 1576 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None) { |
| 1577 | NonParmVarDeclBits.ImplicitParamKind = ParamKind; |
| 1578 | setImplicit(); |
| 1579 | } |
| 1580 | |
| 1581 | ImplicitParamDecl(ASTContext &C, QualType Type, ImplicitParamKind ParamKind) |
| 1582 | : VarDecl(ImplicitParam, C, /*DC=*/nullptr, SourceLocation(), |
| 1583 | SourceLocation(), /*Id=*/nullptr, Type, |
| 1584 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None) { |
| 1585 | NonParmVarDeclBits.ImplicitParamKind = ParamKind; |
| 1586 | setImplicit(); |
| 1587 | } |
| 1588 | |
| 1589 | /// Returns the implicit parameter kind. |
| 1590 | ImplicitParamKind getParameterKind() const { |
| 1591 | return static_cast<ImplicitParamKind>(NonParmVarDeclBits.ImplicitParamKind); |
| 1592 | } |
| 1593 | |
| 1594 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 1595 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 1596 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ImplicitParam; } |
| 1597 | }; |
| 1598 | |
| 1599 | /// Represents a parameter to a function. |
| 1600 | class ParmVarDecl : public VarDecl { |
| 1601 | public: |
| 1602 | enum { MaxFunctionScopeDepth = 255 }; |
| 1603 | enum { MaxFunctionScopeIndex = 255 }; |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 | protected: |
| 1606 | ParmVarDecl(Kind DK, ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 1607 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T, |
| 1608 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass S, Expr *DefArg) |
| 1609 | : VarDecl(DK, C, DC, StartLoc, IdLoc, Id, T, TInfo, S) { |
| 1610 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.HasInheritedDefaultArg == false)((ParmVarDeclBits.HasInheritedDefaultArg == false) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParmVarDeclBits.HasInheritedDefaultArg == false" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1610, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1611 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.DefaultArgKind == DAK_None)((ParmVarDeclBits.DefaultArgKind == DAK_None) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParmVarDeclBits.DefaultArgKind == DAK_None" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1611, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1612 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.IsKNRPromoted == false)((ParmVarDeclBits.IsKNRPromoted == false) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("ParmVarDeclBits.IsKNRPromoted == false" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1612, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1613 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam == false)((ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam == false) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam == false" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1613, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1614 | setDefaultArg(DefArg); |
| 1615 | } |
| 1616 | |
| 1617 | public: |
| 1618 | static ParmVarDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 1619 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 1620 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 1621 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 1622 | StorageClass S, Expr *DefArg); |
| 1623 | |
| 1624 | static ParmVarDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 1627 | |
| 1628 | void setObjCMethodScopeInfo(unsigned parameterIndex) { |
| 1629 | ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam = true; |
| 1630 | setParameterIndex(parameterIndex); |
| 1631 | } |
| 1632 | |
| 1633 | void setScopeInfo(unsigned scopeDepth, unsigned parameterIndex) { |
| 1634 | assert(!ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam)((!ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1634, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1635 | |
| 1636 | ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals = scopeDepth; |
| 1637 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals == scopeDepth((ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals == scopeDepth && "truncation!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals == scopeDepth && \"truncation!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1638, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 1638 | && "truncation!")((ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals == scopeDepth && "truncation!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals == scopeDepth && \"truncation!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1638, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1639 | |
| 1640 | setParameterIndex(parameterIndex); |
| 1641 | } |
| 1642 | |
| 1643 | bool isObjCMethodParameter() const { |
| 1644 | return ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam; |
| 1645 | } |
| 1646 | |
| 1647 | unsigned getFunctionScopeDepth() const { |
| 1648 | if (ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam) return 0; |
| 1649 | return ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals; |
| 1650 | } |
| 1651 | |
| 1652 | /// Returns the index of this parameter in its prototype or method scope. |
| 1653 | unsigned getFunctionScopeIndex() const { |
| 1654 | return getParameterIndex(); |
| 1655 | } |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 | ObjCDeclQualifier getObjCDeclQualifier() const { |
| 1658 | if (!ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam) return OBJC_TQ_None; |
| 1659 | return ObjCDeclQualifier(ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals); |
| 1660 | } |
| 1661 | void setObjCDeclQualifier(ObjCDeclQualifier QTVal) { |
| 1662 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam)((ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1662, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1663 | ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals = QTVal; |
| 1664 | } |
| 1665 | |
| 1666 | /// True if the value passed to this parameter must undergo |
| 1667 | /// K&R-style default argument promotion: |
| 1668 | /// |
| 1669 | /// C99 6.5.2.2. |
| 1670 | /// If the expression that denotes the called function has a type |
| 1671 | /// that does not include a prototype, the integer promotions are |
| 1672 | /// performed on each argument, and arguments that have type float |
| 1673 | /// are promoted to double. |
| 1674 | bool isKNRPromoted() const { |
| 1675 | return ParmVarDeclBits.IsKNRPromoted; |
| 1676 | } |
| 1677 | void setKNRPromoted(bool promoted) { |
| 1678 | ParmVarDeclBits.IsKNRPromoted = promoted; |
| 1679 | } |
| 1680 | |
| 1681 | Expr *getDefaultArg(); |
| 1682 | const Expr *getDefaultArg() const { |
| 1683 | return const_cast<ParmVarDecl *>(this)->getDefaultArg(); |
| 1684 | } |
| 1685 | |
| 1686 | void setDefaultArg(Expr *defarg); |
| 1687 | |
| 1688 | /// Retrieve the source range that covers the entire default |
| 1689 | /// argument. |
| 1690 | SourceRange getDefaultArgRange() const; |
| 1691 | void setUninstantiatedDefaultArg(Expr *arg); |
| 1692 | Expr *getUninstantiatedDefaultArg(); |
| 1693 | const Expr *getUninstantiatedDefaultArg() const { |
| 1694 | return const_cast<ParmVarDecl *>(this)->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg(); |
| 1695 | } |
| 1696 | |
| 1697 | /// Determines whether this parameter has a default argument, |
| 1698 | /// either parsed or not. |
| 1699 | bool hasDefaultArg() const; |
| 1700 | |
| 1701 | /// Determines whether this parameter has a default argument that has not |
| 1702 | /// yet been parsed. This will occur during the processing of a C++ class |
| 1703 | /// whose member functions have default arguments, e.g., |
| 1704 | /// @code |
| 1705 | /// class X { |
| 1706 | /// public: |
| 1707 | /// void f(int x = 17); // x has an unparsed default argument now |
| 1708 | /// }; // x has a regular default argument now |
| 1709 | /// @endcode |
| 1710 | bool hasUnparsedDefaultArg() const { |
| 1711 | return ParmVarDeclBits.DefaultArgKind == DAK_Unparsed; |
| 1712 | } |
| 1713 | |
| 1714 | bool hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg() const { |
| 1715 | return ParmVarDeclBits.DefaultArgKind == DAK_Uninstantiated; |
| 1716 | } |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 | /// Specify that this parameter has an unparsed default argument. |
| 1719 | /// The argument will be replaced with a real default argument via |
| 1720 | /// setDefaultArg when the class definition enclosing the function |
| 1721 | /// declaration that owns this default argument is completed. |
| 1722 | void setUnparsedDefaultArg() { |
| 1723 | ParmVarDeclBits.DefaultArgKind = DAK_Unparsed; |
| 1724 | } |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 | bool hasInheritedDefaultArg() const { |
| 1727 | return ParmVarDeclBits.HasInheritedDefaultArg; |
| 1728 | } |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 | void setHasInheritedDefaultArg(bool I = true) { |
| 1731 | ParmVarDeclBits.HasInheritedDefaultArg = I; |
| 1732 | } |
| 1733 | |
| 1734 | QualType getOriginalType() const; |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | /// Sets the function declaration that owns this |
| 1737 | /// ParmVarDecl. Since ParmVarDecls are often created before the |
| 1738 | /// FunctionDecls that own them, this routine is required to update |
| 1739 | /// the DeclContext appropriately. |
| 1740 | void setOwningFunction(DeclContext *FD) { setDeclContext(FD); } |
| 1741 | |
| 1742 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 1743 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 1744 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ParmVar; } |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 | private: |
| 1747 | enum { ParameterIndexSentinel = (1 << NumParameterIndexBits) - 1 }; |
| 1748 | |
| 1749 | void setParameterIndex(unsigned parameterIndex) { |
| 1750 | if (parameterIndex >= ParameterIndexSentinel) { |
| 1751 | setParameterIndexLarge(parameterIndex); |
| 1752 | return; |
| 1753 | } |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 | ParmVarDeclBits.ParameterIndex = parameterIndex; |
| 1756 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.ParameterIndex == parameterIndex && "truncation!")((ParmVarDeclBits.ParameterIndex == parameterIndex && "truncation!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParmVarDeclBits.ParameterIndex == parameterIndex && \"truncation!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1756, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1757 | } |
| 1758 | unsigned getParameterIndex() const { |
| 1759 | unsigned d = ParmVarDeclBits.ParameterIndex; |
| 1760 | return d == ParameterIndexSentinel ? getParameterIndexLarge() : d; |
| 1761 | } |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 | void setParameterIndexLarge(unsigned parameterIndex); |
| 1764 | unsigned getParameterIndexLarge() const; |
| 1765 | }; |
| 1766 | |
| 1767 | enum class MultiVersionKind { |
| 1768 | None, |
| 1769 | Target, |
| 1770 | CPUSpecific, |
| 1771 | CPUDispatch |
| 1772 | }; |
| 1773 | |
| 1774 | /// Represents a function declaration or definition. |
| 1775 | /// |
| 1776 | /// Since a given function can be declared several times in a program, |
| 1777 | /// there may be several FunctionDecls that correspond to that |
| 1778 | /// function. Only one of those FunctionDecls will be found when |
| 1779 | /// traversing the list of declarations in the context of the |
| 1780 | /// FunctionDecl (e.g., the translation unit); this FunctionDecl |
| 1781 | /// contains all of the information known about the function. Other, |
| 1782 | /// previous declarations of the function are available via the |
| 1783 | /// getPreviousDecl() chain. |
| 1784 | class FunctionDecl : public DeclaratorDecl, |
| 1785 | public DeclContext, |
| 1786 | public Redeclarable<FunctionDecl> { |
| 1787 | // This class stores some data in DeclContext::FunctionDeclBits |
| 1788 | // to save some space. Use the provided accessors to access it. |
| 1789 | public: |
| 1790 | /// The kind of templated function a FunctionDecl can be. |
| 1791 | enum TemplatedKind { |
| 1792 | // Not templated. |
| 1793 | TK_NonTemplate, |
| 1794 | // The pattern in a function template declaration. |
| 1795 | TK_FunctionTemplate, |
| 1796 | // A non-template function that is an instantiation or explicit |
| 1797 | // specialization of a member of a templated class. |
| 1798 | TK_MemberSpecialization, |
| 1799 | // An instantiation or explicit specialization of a function template. |
| 1800 | // Note: this might have been instantiated from a templated class if it |
| 1801 | // is a class-scope explicit specialization. |
| 1802 | TK_FunctionTemplateSpecialization, |
| 1803 | // A function template specialization that hasn't yet been resolved to a |
| 1804 | // particular specialized function template. |
| 1805 | TK_DependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization |
| 1806 | }; |
| 1807 | |
| 1808 | private: |
| 1809 | /// A new[]'d array of pointers to VarDecls for the formal |
| 1810 | /// parameters of this function. This is null if a prototype or if there are |
| 1811 | /// no formals. |
| 1812 | ParmVarDecl **ParamInfo = nullptr; |
| 1813 | |
| 1814 | LazyDeclStmtPtr Body; |
| 1815 | |
| 1816 | unsigned ODRHash; |
| 1817 | |
| 1818 | /// End part of this FunctionDecl's source range. |
| 1819 | /// |
| 1820 | /// We could compute the full range in getSourceRange(). However, when we're |
| 1821 | /// dealing with a function definition deserialized from a PCH/AST file, |
| 1822 | /// we can only compute the full range once the function body has been |
| 1823 | /// de-serialized, so it's far better to have the (sometimes-redundant) |
| 1824 | /// EndRangeLoc. |
| 1825 | SourceLocation EndRangeLoc; |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 | /// The template or declaration that this declaration |
| 1828 | /// describes or was instantiated from, respectively. |
| 1829 | /// |
| 1830 | /// For non-templates, this value will be NULL. For function |
| 1831 | /// declarations that describe a function template, this will be a |
| 1832 | /// pointer to a FunctionTemplateDecl. For member functions |
| 1833 | /// of class template specializations, this will be a MemberSpecializationInfo |
| 1834 | /// pointer containing information about the specialization. |
| 1835 | /// For function template specializations, this will be a |
| 1836 | /// FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo, which contains information about |
| 1837 | /// the template being specialized and the template arguments involved in |
| 1838 | /// that specialization. |
| 1839 | llvm::PointerUnion4<FunctionTemplateDecl *, |
| 1840 | MemberSpecializationInfo *, |
| 1841 | FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *, |
| 1842 | DependentFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *> |
| 1843 | TemplateOrSpecialization; |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 | /// Provides source/type location info for the declaration name embedded in |
| 1846 | /// the DeclaratorDecl base class. |
| 1847 | DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 | /// Specify that this function declaration is actually a function |
| 1850 | /// template specialization. |
| 1851 | /// |
| 1852 | /// \param C the ASTContext. |
| 1853 | /// |
| 1854 | /// \param Template the function template that this function template |
| 1855 | /// specialization specializes. |
| 1856 | /// |
| 1857 | /// \param TemplateArgs the template arguments that produced this |
| 1858 | /// function template specialization from the template. |
| 1859 | /// |
| 1860 | /// \param InsertPos If non-NULL, the position in the function template |
| 1861 | /// specialization set where the function template specialization data will |
| 1862 | /// be inserted. |
| 1863 | /// |
| 1864 | /// \param TSK the kind of template specialization this is. |
| 1865 | /// |
| 1866 | /// \param TemplateArgsAsWritten location info of template arguments. |
| 1867 | /// |
| 1868 | /// \param PointOfInstantiation point at which the function template |
| 1869 | /// specialization was first instantiated. |
| 1870 | void setFunctionTemplateSpecialization(ASTContext &C, |
| 1871 | FunctionTemplateDecl *Template, |
| 1872 | const TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs, |
| 1873 | void *InsertPos, |
| 1874 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
| 1875 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgsAsWritten, |
| 1876 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation); |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 | /// Specify that this record is an instantiation of the |
| 1879 | /// member function FD. |
| 1880 | void setInstantiationOfMemberFunction(ASTContext &C, FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 1881 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 | void setParams(ASTContext &C, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> NewParamInfo); |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 | // This is unfortunately needed because ASTDeclWriter::VisitFunctionDecl |
| 1886 | // need to access this bit but we want to avoid making ASTDeclWriter |
| 1887 | // a friend of FunctionDeclBitfields just for this. |
| 1888 | bool isDeletedBit() const { return FunctionDeclBits.IsDeleted; } |
| 1889 | |
| 1890 | /// Whether an ODRHash has been stored. |
| 1891 | bool hasODRHash() const { return FunctionDeclBits.HasODRHash; } |
| 1892 | |
| 1893 | /// State that an ODRHash has been stored. |
| 1894 | void setHasODRHash(bool B = true) { FunctionDeclBits.HasODRHash = B; } |
| 1895 | |
| 1896 | protected: |
| 1897 | FunctionDecl(Kind DK, ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 1898 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, |
| 1899 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass S, bool isInlineSpecified, |
| 1900 | ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind); |
| 1901 | |
| 1902 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<FunctionDecl>; |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 | FunctionDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override { |
| 1905 | return getNextRedeclaration(); |
| 1906 | } |
| 1907 | |
| 1908 | FunctionDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override { |
| 1909 | return getPreviousDecl(); |
| 1910 | } |
| 1911 | |
| 1912 | FunctionDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override { |
| 1913 | return getMostRecentDecl(); |
| 1914 | } |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 | public: |
| 1917 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 1918 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
| 1919 | |
| 1920 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
| 1921 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
| 1924 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
| 1925 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
| 1926 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
| 1927 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
| 1928 | using redeclarable_base::isFirstDecl; |
| 1929 | |
| 1930 | static FunctionDecl * |
| 1931 | Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 1932 | SourceLocation NLoc, DeclarationName N, QualType T, |
| 1933 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass SC, bool isInlineSpecified = false, |
| 1934 | bool hasWrittenPrototype = true, |
| 1935 | ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = CSK_unspecified) { |
| 1936 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(N, NLoc); |
| 1937 | return FunctionDecl::Create(C, DC, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo, SC, |
| 1938 | isInlineSpecified, hasWrittenPrototype, |
| 1939 | ConstexprKind); |
| 1940 | } |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 | static FunctionDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 1943 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 1944 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, |
| 1945 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass SC, |
| 1946 | bool isInlineSpecified, bool hasWrittenPrototype, |
| 1947 | ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind); |
| 1948 | |
| 1949 | static FunctionDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 1950 | |
| 1951 | DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const { |
| 1952 | return DeclarationNameInfo(getDeclName(), getLocation(), DNLoc); |
| 1953 | } |
| 1954 | |
| 1955 | void getNameForDiagnostic(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 1956 | bool Qualified) const override; |
| 1957 | |
| 1958 | void setRangeEnd(SourceLocation E) { EndRangeLoc = E; } |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 1961 | |
| 1962 | // Function definitions. |
| 1963 | // |
| 1964 | // A function declaration may be: |
| 1965 | // - a non defining declaration, |
| 1966 | // - a definition. A function may be defined because: |
| 1967 | // - it has a body, or will have it in the case of late parsing. |
| 1968 | // - it has an uninstantiated body. The body does not exist because the |
| 1969 | // function is not used yet, but the declaration is considered a |
| 1970 | // definition and does not allow other definition of this function. |
| 1971 | // - it does not have a user specified body, but it does not allow |
| 1972 | // redefinition, because it is deleted/defaulted or is defined through |
| 1973 | // some other mechanism (alias, ifunc). |
| 1974 | |
| 1975 | /// Returns true if the function has a body. |
| 1976 | /// |
| 1977 | /// The function body might be in any of the (re-)declarations of this |
| 1978 | /// function. The variant that accepts a FunctionDecl pointer will set that |
| 1979 | /// function declaration to the actual declaration containing the body (if |
| 1980 | /// there is one). |
| 1981 | bool hasBody(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const; |
| 1982 | |
| 1983 | bool hasBody() const override { |
| 1984 | const FunctionDecl* Definition; |
| 1985 | return hasBody(Definition); |
| 1986 | } |
| 1987 | |
| 1988 | /// Returns whether the function has a trivial body that does not require any |
| 1989 | /// specific codegen. |
| 1990 | bool hasTrivialBody() const; |
| 1991 | |
| 1992 | /// Returns true if the function has a definition that does not need to be |
| 1993 | /// instantiated. |
| 1994 | /// |
| 1995 | /// The variant that accepts a FunctionDecl pointer will set that function |
| 1996 | /// declaration to the declaration that is a definition (if there is one). |
| 1997 | bool isDefined(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const; |
| 1998 | |
| 1999 | virtual bool isDefined() const { |
| 2000 | const FunctionDecl* Definition; |
| 2001 | return isDefined(Definition); |
| 2002 | } |
| 2003 | |
| 2004 | /// Get the definition for this declaration. |
| 2005 | FunctionDecl *getDefinition() { |
| 2006 | const FunctionDecl *Definition; |
| 2007 | if (isDefined(Definition)) |
| 2008 | return const_cast<FunctionDecl *>(Definition); |
| 2009 | return nullptr; |
| 2010 | } |
| 2011 | const FunctionDecl *getDefinition() const { |
| 2012 | return const_cast<FunctionDecl *>(this)->getDefinition(); |
| 2013 | } |
| 2014 | |
| 2015 | /// Retrieve the body (definition) of the function. The function body might be |
| 2016 | /// in any of the (re-)declarations of this function. The variant that accepts |
| 2017 | /// a FunctionDecl pointer will set that function declaration to the actual |
| 2018 | /// declaration containing the body (if there is one). |
| 2019 | /// NOTE: For checking if there is a body, use hasBody() instead, to avoid |
| 2020 | /// unnecessary AST de-serialization of the body. |
| 2021 | Stmt *getBody(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const; |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 | Stmt *getBody() const override { |
| 2024 | const FunctionDecl* Definition; |
| 2025 | return getBody(Definition); |
| 2026 | } |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 | /// Returns whether this specific declaration of the function is also a |
| 2029 | /// definition that does not contain uninstantiated body. |
| 2030 | /// |
| 2031 | /// This does not determine whether the function has been defined (e.g., in a |
| 2032 | /// previous definition); for that information, use isDefined. |
| 2033 | bool isThisDeclarationADefinition() const { |
| 2034 | return isDeletedAsWritten() || isDefaulted() || Body || hasSkippedBody() || |
| 2035 | isLateTemplateParsed() || willHaveBody() || hasDefiningAttr(); |
| 2036 | } |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 | /// Returns whether this specific declaration of the function has a body. |
| 2039 | bool doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() const { |
| 2040 | return Body || isLateTemplateParsed(); |
| 2041 | } |
| 2042 | |
| 2043 | void setBody(Stmt *B); |
| 2044 | void setLazyBody(uint64_t Offset) { Body = Offset; } |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 | /// Whether this function is variadic. |
| 2047 | bool isVariadic() const; |
| 2048 | |
| 2049 | /// Whether this function is marked as virtual explicitly. |
| 2050 | bool isVirtualAsWritten() const { |
| 2051 | return FunctionDeclBits.IsVirtualAsWritten; |
| 2052 | } |
| 2053 | |
| 2054 | /// State that this function is marked as virtual explicitly. |
| 2055 | void setVirtualAsWritten(bool V) { FunctionDeclBits.IsVirtualAsWritten = V; } |
| 2056 | |
| 2057 | /// Whether this virtual function is pure, i.e. makes the containing class |
| 2058 | /// abstract. |
| 2059 | bool isPure() const { return FunctionDeclBits.IsPure; } |
| 2060 | void setPure(bool P = true); |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 | /// Whether this templated function will be late parsed. |
| 2063 | bool isLateTemplateParsed() const { |
| 2064 | return FunctionDeclBits.IsLateTemplateParsed; |
| 2065 | } |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 | /// State that this templated function will be late parsed. |
| 2068 | void setLateTemplateParsed(bool ILT = true) { |
| 2069 | FunctionDeclBits.IsLateTemplateParsed = ILT; |
| 2070 | } |
| 2071 | |
| 2072 | /// Whether this function is "trivial" in some specialized C++ senses. |
| 2073 | /// Can only be true for default constructors, copy constructors, |
| 2074 | /// copy assignment operators, and destructors. Not meaningful until |
| 2075 | /// the class has been fully built by Sema. |
| 2076 | bool isTrivial() const { return FunctionDeclBits.IsTrivial; } |
| 2077 | void setTrivial(bool IT) { FunctionDeclBits.IsTrivial = IT; } |
| 2078 | |
| 2079 | bool isTrivialForCall() const { return FunctionDeclBits.IsTrivialForCall; } |
| 2080 | void setTrivialForCall(bool IT) { FunctionDeclBits.IsTrivialForCall = IT; } |
| 2081 | |
| 2082 | /// Whether this function is defaulted per C++0x. Only valid for |
| 2083 | /// special member functions. |
| 2084 | bool isDefaulted() const { return FunctionDeclBits.IsDefaulted; } |
| 2085 | void setDefaulted(bool D = true) { FunctionDeclBits.IsDefaulted = D; } |
| 2086 | |
| 2087 | /// Whether this function is explicitly defaulted per C++0x. Only valid |
| 2088 | /// for special member functions. |
| 2089 | bool isExplicitlyDefaulted() const { |
| 2090 | return FunctionDeclBits.IsExplicitlyDefaulted; |
| 2091 | } |
| 2092 | |
| 2093 | /// State that this function is explicitly defaulted per C++0x. Only valid |
| 2094 | /// for special member functions. |
| 2095 | void setExplicitlyDefaulted(bool ED = true) { |
| 2096 | FunctionDeclBits.IsExplicitlyDefaulted = ED; |
| 2097 | } |
| 2098 | |
| 2099 | /// Whether falling off this function implicitly returns null/zero. |
| 2100 | /// If a more specific implicit return value is required, front-ends |
| 2101 | /// should synthesize the appropriate return statements. |
| 2102 | bool hasImplicitReturnZero() const { |
| 2103 | return FunctionDeclBits.HasImplicitReturnZero; |
| 2104 | } |
| 2105 | |
| 2106 | /// State that falling off this function implicitly returns null/zero. |
| 2107 | /// If a more specific implicit return value is required, front-ends |
| 2108 | /// should synthesize the appropriate return statements. |
| 2109 | void setHasImplicitReturnZero(bool IRZ) { |
| 2110 | FunctionDeclBits.HasImplicitReturnZero = IRZ; |
| 2111 | } |
| 2112 | |
| 2113 | /// Whether this function has a prototype, either because one |
| 2114 | /// was explicitly written or because it was "inherited" by merging |
| 2115 | /// a declaration without a prototype with a declaration that has a |
| 2116 | /// prototype. |
| 2117 | bool hasPrototype() const { |
| 2118 | return hasWrittenPrototype() || hasInheritedPrototype(); |
| 2119 | } |
| 2120 | |
| 2121 | /// Whether this function has a written prototype. |
| 2122 | bool hasWrittenPrototype() const { |
| 2123 | return FunctionDeclBits.HasWrittenPrototype; |
| 2124 | } |
| 2125 | |
| 2126 | /// State that this function has a written prototype. |
| 2127 | void setHasWrittenPrototype(bool P = true) { |
| 2128 | FunctionDeclBits.HasWrittenPrototype = P; |
| 2129 | } |
| 2130 | |
| 2131 | /// Whether this function inherited its prototype from a |
| 2132 | /// previous declaration. |
| 2133 | bool hasInheritedPrototype() const { |
| 2134 | return FunctionDeclBits.HasInheritedPrototype; |
| 2135 | } |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 | /// State that this function inherited its prototype from a |
| 2138 | /// previous declaration. |
| 2139 | void setHasInheritedPrototype(bool P = true) { |
| 2140 | FunctionDeclBits.HasInheritedPrototype = P; |
| 2141 | } |
| 2142 | |
| 2143 | /// Whether this is a (C++11) constexpr function or constexpr constructor. |
| 2144 | bool isConstexpr() const { |
| 2145 | return FunctionDeclBits.ConstexprKind != CSK_unspecified; |
| 2146 | } |
| 2147 | void setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind CSK) { |
| 2148 | FunctionDeclBits.ConstexprKind = CSK; |
| 2149 | } |
| 2150 | ConstexprSpecKind getConstexprKind() const { |
| 2151 | return static_cast<ConstexprSpecKind>(FunctionDeclBits.ConstexprKind); |
| 2152 | } |
| 2153 | bool isConstexprSpecified() const { |
| 2154 | return FunctionDeclBits.ConstexprKind == CSK_constexpr; |
| 2155 | } |
| 2156 | bool isConsteval() const { |
| 2157 | return FunctionDeclBits.ConstexprKind == CSK_consteval; |
| 2158 | } |
| 2159 | |
| 2160 | /// Whether the instantiation of this function is pending. |
| 2161 | /// This bit is set when the decision to instantiate this function is made |
| 2162 | /// and unset if and when the function body is created. That leaves out |
| 2163 | /// cases where instantiation did not happen because the template definition |
| 2164 | /// was not seen in this TU. This bit remains set in those cases, under the |
| 2165 | /// assumption that the instantiation will happen in some other TU. |
| 2166 | bool instantiationIsPending() const { |
| 2167 | return FunctionDeclBits.InstantiationIsPending; |
| 2168 | } |
| 2169 | |
| 2170 | /// State that the instantiation of this function is pending. |
| 2171 | /// (see instantiationIsPending) |
| 2172 | void setInstantiationIsPending(bool IC) { |
| 2173 | FunctionDeclBits.InstantiationIsPending = IC; |
| 2174 | } |
| 2175 | |
| 2176 | /// Indicates the function uses __try. |
| 2177 | bool usesSEHTry() const { return FunctionDeclBits.UsesSEHTry; } |
| 2178 | void setUsesSEHTry(bool UST) { FunctionDeclBits.UsesSEHTry = UST; } |
| 2179 | |
| 2180 | /// Whether this function has been deleted. |
| 2181 | /// |
| 2182 | /// A function that is "deleted" (via the C++0x "= delete" syntax) |
| 2183 | /// acts like a normal function, except that it cannot actually be |
| 2184 | /// called or have its address taken. Deleted functions are |
| 2185 | /// typically used in C++ overload resolution to attract arguments |
| 2186 | /// whose type or lvalue/rvalue-ness would permit the use of a |
| 2187 | /// different overload that would behave incorrectly. For example, |
| 2188 | /// one might use deleted functions to ban implicit conversion from |
| 2189 | /// a floating-point number to an Integer type: |
| 2190 | /// |
| 2191 | /// @code |
| 2192 | /// struct Integer { |
| 2193 | /// Integer(long); // construct from a long |
| 2194 | /// Integer(double) = delete; // no construction from float or double |
| 2195 | /// Integer(long double) = delete; // no construction from long double |
| 2196 | /// }; |
| 2197 | /// @endcode |
| 2198 | // If a function is deleted, its first declaration must be. |
| 2199 | bool isDeleted() const { |
| 2200 | return getCanonicalDecl()->FunctionDeclBits.IsDeleted; |
| 2201 | } |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 | bool isDeletedAsWritten() const { |
| 2204 | return FunctionDeclBits.IsDeleted && !isDefaulted(); |
| 2205 | } |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 | void setDeletedAsWritten(bool D = true) { FunctionDeclBits.IsDeleted = D; } |
| 2208 | |
| 2209 | /// Determines whether this function is "main", which is the |
| 2210 | /// entry point into an executable program. |
| 2211 | bool isMain() const; |
| 2212 | |
| 2213 | /// Determines whether this function is a MSVCRT user defined entry |
| 2214 | /// point. |
| 2215 | bool isMSVCRTEntryPoint() const; |
| 2216 | |
| 2217 | /// Determines whether this operator new or delete is one |
| 2218 | /// of the reserved global placement operators: |
| 2219 | /// void *operator new(size_t, void *); |
| 2220 | /// void *operator new[](size_t, void *); |
| 2221 | /// void operator delete(void *, void *); |
| 2222 | /// void operator delete[](void *, void *); |
| 2223 | /// These functions have special behavior under [new.delete.placement]: |
| 2224 | /// These functions are reserved, a C++ program may not define |
| 2225 | /// functions that displace the versions in the Standard C++ library. |
| 2226 | /// The provisions of [basic.stc.dynamic] do not apply to these |
| 2227 | /// reserved placement forms of operator new and operator delete. |
| 2228 | /// |
| 2229 | /// This function must be an allocation or deallocation function. |
| 2230 | bool isReservedGlobalPlacementOperator() const; |
| 2231 | |
| 2232 | /// Determines whether this function is one of the replaceable |
| 2233 | /// global allocation functions: |
| 2234 | /// void *operator new(size_t); |
| 2235 | /// void *operator new(size_t, const std::nothrow_t &) noexcept; |
| 2236 | /// void *operator new[](size_t); |
| 2237 | /// void *operator new[](size_t, const std::nothrow_t &) noexcept; |
| 2238 | /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; |
| 2239 | /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept; [C++1y] |
| 2240 | /// void operator delete(void *, const std::nothrow_t &) noexcept; |
| 2241 | /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; |
| 2242 | /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept; [C++1y] |
| 2243 | /// void operator delete[](void *, const std::nothrow_t &) noexcept; |
| 2244 | /// These functions have special behavior under C++1y [expr.new]: |
| 2245 | /// An implementation is allowed to omit a call to a replaceable global |
| 2246 | /// allocation function. [...] |
| 2247 | /// |
| 2248 | /// If this function is an aligned allocation/deallocation function, return |
| 2249 | /// true through IsAligned. |
| 2250 | bool isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(bool *IsAligned = nullptr) const; |
| 2251 | |
| 2252 | /// Determine whether this is a destroying operator delete. |
| 2253 | bool isDestroyingOperatorDelete() const; |
| 2254 | |
| 2255 | /// Compute the language linkage. |
| 2256 | LanguageLinkage getLanguageLinkage() const; |
| 2257 | |
| 2258 | /// Determines whether this function is a function with |
| 2259 | /// external, C linkage. |
| 2260 | bool isExternC() const; |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 | /// Determines whether this function's context is, or is nested within, |
| 2263 | /// a C++ extern "C" linkage spec. |
| 2264 | bool isInExternCContext() const; |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 | /// Determines whether this function's context is, or is nested within, |
| 2267 | /// a C++ extern "C++" linkage spec. |
| 2268 | bool isInExternCXXContext() const; |
| 2269 | |
| 2270 | /// Determines whether this is a global function. |
| 2271 | bool isGlobal() const; |
| 2272 | |
| 2273 | /// Determines whether this function is known to be 'noreturn', through |
| 2274 | /// an attribute on its declaration or its type. |
| 2275 | bool isNoReturn() const; |
| 2276 | |
| 2277 | /// True if the function was a definition but its body was skipped. |
| 2278 | bool hasSkippedBody() const { return FunctionDeclBits.HasSkippedBody; } |
| 2279 | void setHasSkippedBody(bool Skipped = true) { |
| 2280 | FunctionDeclBits.HasSkippedBody = Skipped; |
| 2281 | } |
| 2282 | |
| 2283 | /// True if this function will eventually have a body, once it's fully parsed. |
| 2284 | bool willHaveBody() const { return FunctionDeclBits.WillHaveBody; } |
| 2285 | void setWillHaveBody(bool V = true) { FunctionDeclBits.WillHaveBody = V; } |
| 2286 | |
| 2287 | /// True if this function is considered a multiversioned function. |
| 2288 | bool isMultiVersion() const { |
| 2289 | return getCanonicalDecl()->FunctionDeclBits.IsMultiVersion; |
| 2290 | } |
| 2291 | |
| 2292 | /// Sets the multiversion state for this declaration and all of its |
| 2293 | /// redeclarations. |
| 2294 | void setIsMultiVersion(bool V = true) { |
| 2295 | getCanonicalDecl()->FunctionDeclBits.IsMultiVersion = V; |
| 2296 | } |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 | /// Gets the kind of multiversioning attribute this declaration has. Note that |
| 2299 | /// this can return a value even if the function is not multiversion, such as |
| 2300 | /// the case of 'target'. |
| 2301 | MultiVersionKind getMultiVersionKind() const; |
| 2302 | |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 | /// True if this function is a multiversioned dispatch function as a part of |
| 2305 | /// the cpu_specific/cpu_dispatch functionality. |
| 2306 | bool isCPUDispatchMultiVersion() const; |
| 2307 | /// True if this function is a multiversioned processor specific function as a |
| 2308 | /// part of the cpu_specific/cpu_dispatch functionality. |
| 2309 | bool isCPUSpecificMultiVersion() const; |
| 2310 | |
| 2311 | /// True if this function is a multiversioned dispatch function as a part of |
| 2312 | /// the target functionality. |
| 2313 | bool isTargetMultiVersion() const; |
| 2314 | |
| 2315 | void setPreviousDeclaration(FunctionDecl * PrevDecl); |
| 2316 | |
| 2317 | FunctionDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override; |
| 2318 | const FunctionDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
| 2319 | return const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
| 2320 | } |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 | unsigned getBuiltinID(bool ConsiderWrapperFunctions = false) const; |
| 2323 | |
| 2324 | // ArrayRef interface to parameters. |
| 2325 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> parameters() const { |
| 2326 | return {ParamInfo, getNumParams()}; |
| 2327 | } |
| 2328 | MutableArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> parameters() { |
| 2329 | return {ParamInfo, getNumParams()}; |
| 2330 | } |
| 2331 | |
| 2332 | // Iterator access to formal parameters. |
| 2333 | using param_iterator = MutableArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *>::iterator; |
| 2334 | using param_const_iterator = ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *>::const_iterator; |
| 2335 | |
| 2336 | bool param_empty() const { return parameters().empty(); } |
| 2337 | param_iterator param_begin() { return parameters().begin(); } |
| 2338 | param_iterator param_end() { return parameters().end(); } |
| 2339 | param_const_iterator param_begin() const { return parameters().begin(); } |
| 2340 | param_const_iterator param_end() const { return parameters().end(); } |
| 2341 | size_t param_size() const { return parameters().size(); } |
| 2342 | |
| 2343 | /// Return the number of parameters this function must have based on its |
| 2344 | /// FunctionType. This is the length of the ParamInfo array after it has been |
| 2345 | /// created. |
| 2346 | unsigned getNumParams() const; |
| 2347 | |
| 2348 | const ParmVarDecl *getParamDecl(unsigned i) const { |
| 2349 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #")((i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"Illegal param #\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2349, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 2350 | return ParamInfo[i]; |
| 2351 | } |
| 2352 | ParmVarDecl *getParamDecl(unsigned i) { |
| 2353 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #")((i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"Illegal param #\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2353, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 2354 | return ParamInfo[i]; |
| 2355 | } |
| 2356 | void setParams(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> NewParamInfo) { |
| 2357 | setParams(getASTContext(), NewParamInfo); |
| 2358 | } |
| 2359 | |
| 2360 | /// Returns the minimum number of arguments needed to call this function. This |
| 2361 | /// may be fewer than the number of function parameters, if some of the |
| 2362 | /// parameters have default arguments (in C++). |
| 2363 | unsigned getMinRequiredArguments() const; |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 | QualType getReturnType() const { |
| 2366 | return getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(); |
| 2367 | } |
| 2368 | |
| 2369 | /// Attempt to compute an informative source range covering the |
| 2370 | /// function return type. This may omit qualifiers and other information with |
| 2371 | /// limited representation in the AST. |
| 2372 | SourceRange getReturnTypeSourceRange() const; |
| 2373 | |
| 2374 | /// Get the declared return type, which may differ from the actual return |
| 2375 | /// type if the return type is deduced. |
| 2376 | QualType getDeclaredReturnType() const { |
| 2377 | auto *TSI = getTypeSourceInfo(); |
| 2378 | QualType T = TSI ? TSI->getType() : getType(); |
| 2379 | return T->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(); |
| 2380 | } |
| 2381 | |
| 2382 | /// Gets the ExceptionSpecificationType as declared. |
| 2383 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
| 2384 | auto *TSI = getTypeSourceInfo(); |
| 2385 | QualType T = TSI ? TSI->getType() : getType(); |
| 2386 | const auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 2387 | return FPT ? FPT->getExceptionSpecType() : EST_None; |
| 2388 | } |
| 2389 | |
| 2390 | /// Attempt to compute an informative source range covering the |
| 2391 | /// function exception specification, if any. |
| 2392 | SourceRange getExceptionSpecSourceRange() const; |
| 2393 | |
| 2394 | /// Determine the type of an expression that calls this function. |
| 2395 | QualType getCallResultType() const { |
| 2396 | return getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallResultType( |
| 2397 | getASTContext()); |
| 2398 | } |
| 2399 | |
| 2400 | /// Returns the storage class as written in the source. For the |
| 2401 | /// computed linkage of symbol, see getLinkage. |
| 2402 | StorageClass getStorageClass() const { |
| 2403 | return static_cast<StorageClass>(FunctionDeclBits.SClass); |
| 2404 | } |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 | /// Sets the storage class as written in the source. |
| 2407 | void setStorageClass(StorageClass SClass) { |
| 2408 | FunctionDeclBits.SClass = SClass; |
| 2409 | } |
| 2410 | |
| 2411 | /// Determine whether the "inline" keyword was specified for this |
| 2412 | /// function. |
| 2413 | bool isInlineSpecified() const { return FunctionDeclBits.IsInlineSpecified; } |
| 2414 | |
| 2415 | /// Set whether the "inline" keyword was specified for this function. |
| 2416 | void setInlineSpecified(bool I) { |
| 2417 | FunctionDeclBits.IsInlineSpecified = I; |
| 2418 | FunctionDeclBits.IsInline = I; |
| 2419 | } |
| 2420 | |
| 2421 | /// Flag that this function is implicitly inline. |
| 2422 | void setImplicitlyInline(bool I = true) { FunctionDeclBits.IsInline = I; } |
| 2423 | |
| 2424 | /// Determine whether this function should be inlined, because it is |
| 2425 | /// either marked "inline" or "constexpr" or is a member function of a class |
| 2426 | /// that was defined in the class body. |
| 2427 | bool isInlined() const { return FunctionDeclBits.IsInline; } |
| 2428 | |
| 2429 | bool isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible() const; |
| 2430 | |
| 2431 | bool isMSExternInline() const; |
| 2432 | |
| 2433 | bool doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition() const; |
| 2434 | |
| 2435 | bool isStatic() const { return getStorageClass() == SC_Static; } |
| 2436 | |
| 2437 | /// Whether this function declaration represents an C++ overloaded |
| 2438 | /// operator, e.g., "operator+". |
| 2439 | bool isOverloadedOperator() const { |
| 2440 | return getOverloadedOperator() != OO_None; |
| 2441 | } |
| 2442 | |
| 2443 | OverloadedOperatorKind getOverloadedOperator() const; |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 | const IdentifierInfo *getLiteralIdentifier() const; |
| 2446 | |
| 2447 | /// If this function is an instantiation of a member function |
| 2448 | /// of a class template specialization, retrieves the function from |
| 2449 | /// which it was instantiated. |
| 2450 | /// |
| 2451 | /// This routine will return non-NULL for (non-templated) member |
| 2452 | /// functions of class templates and for instantiations of function |
| 2453 | /// templates. For example, given: |
| 2454 | /// |
| 2455 | /// \code |
| 2456 | /// template<typename T> |
| 2457 | /// struct X { |
| 2458 | /// void f(T); |
| 2459 | /// }; |
| 2460 | /// \endcode |
| 2461 | /// |
| 2462 | /// The declaration for X<int>::f is a (non-templated) FunctionDecl |
| 2463 | /// whose parent is the class template specialization X<int>. For |
| 2464 | /// this declaration, getInstantiatedFromFunction() will return |
| 2465 | /// the FunctionDecl X<T>::A. When a complete definition of |
| 2466 | /// X<int>::A is required, it will be instantiated from the |
| 2467 | /// declaration returned by getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction(). |
| 2468 | FunctionDecl *getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() const; |
| 2469 | |
| 2470 | /// What kind of templated function this is. |
| 2471 | TemplatedKind getTemplatedKind() const; |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 | /// If this function is an instantiation of a member function of a |
| 2474 | /// class template specialization, retrieves the member specialization |
| 2475 | /// information. |
| 2476 | MemberSpecializationInfo *getMemberSpecializationInfo() const; |
| 2477 | |
| 2478 | /// Specify that this record is an instantiation of the |
| 2479 | /// member function FD. |
| 2480 | void setInstantiationOfMemberFunction(FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 2481 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) { |
| 2482 | setInstantiationOfMemberFunction(getASTContext(), FD, TSK); |
| 2483 | } |
| 2484 | |
| 2485 | /// Retrieves the function template that is described by this |
| 2486 | /// function declaration. |
| 2487 | /// |
| 2488 | /// Every function template is represented as a FunctionTemplateDecl |
| 2489 | /// and a FunctionDecl (or something derived from FunctionDecl). The |
| 2490 | /// former contains template properties (such as the template |
| 2491 | /// parameter lists) while the latter contains the actual |
| 2492 | /// description of the template's |
| 2493 | /// contents. FunctionTemplateDecl::getTemplatedDecl() retrieves the |
| 2494 | /// FunctionDecl that describes the function template, |
| 2495 | /// getDescribedFunctionTemplate() retrieves the |
| 2496 | /// FunctionTemplateDecl from a FunctionDecl. |
| 2497 | FunctionTemplateDecl *getDescribedFunctionTemplate() const; |
| 2498 | |
| 2499 | void setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *Template); |
| 2500 | |
| 2501 | /// Determine whether this function is a function template |
| 2502 | /// specialization. |
| 2503 | bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() const { |
| 2504 | return getPrimaryTemplate() != nullptr; |
| 2505 | } |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 | /// If this function is actually a function template specialization, |
| 2508 | /// retrieve information about this function template specialization. |
| 2509 | /// Otherwise, returns NULL. |
| 2510 | FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *getTemplateSpecializationInfo() const; |
| 2511 | |
| 2512 | /// Determines whether this function is a function template |
| 2513 | /// specialization or a member of a class template specialization that can |
| 2514 | /// be implicitly instantiated. |
| 2515 | bool isImplicitlyInstantiable() const; |
| 2516 | |
| 2517 | /// Determines if the given function was instantiated from a |
| 2518 | /// function template. |
| 2519 | bool isTemplateInstantiation() const; |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 | /// Retrieve the function declaration from which this function could |
| 2522 | /// be instantiated, if it is an instantiation (rather than a non-template |
| 2523 | /// or a specialization, for example). |
| 2524 | FunctionDecl *getTemplateInstantiationPattern() const; |
| 2525 | |
| 2526 | /// Retrieve the primary template that this function template |
| 2527 | /// specialization either specializes or was instantiated from. |
| 2528 | /// |
| 2529 | /// If this function declaration is not a function template specialization, |
| 2530 | /// returns NULL. |
| 2531 | FunctionTemplateDecl *getPrimaryTemplate() const; |
| 2532 | |
| 2533 | /// Retrieve the template arguments used to produce this function |
| 2534 | /// template specialization from the primary template. |
| 2535 | /// |
| 2536 | /// If this function declaration is not a function template specialization, |
| 2537 | /// returns NULL. |
| 2538 | const TemplateArgumentList *getTemplateSpecializationArgs() const; |
| 2539 | |
| 2540 | /// Retrieve the template argument list as written in the sources, |
| 2541 | /// if any. |
| 2542 | /// |
| 2543 | /// If this function declaration is not a function template specialization |
| 2544 | /// or if it had no explicit template argument list, returns NULL. |
| 2545 | /// Note that it an explicit template argument list may be written empty, |
| 2546 | /// e.g., template<> void foo<>(char* s); |
| 2547 | const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo* |
| 2548 | getTemplateSpecializationArgsAsWritten() const; |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 | /// Specify that this function declaration is actually a function |
| 2551 | /// template specialization. |
| 2552 | /// |
| 2553 | /// \param Template the function template that this function template |
| 2554 | /// specialization specializes. |
| 2555 | /// |
| 2556 | /// \param TemplateArgs the template arguments that produced this |
| 2557 | /// function template specialization from the template. |
| 2558 | /// |
| 2559 | /// \param InsertPos If non-NULL, the position in the function template |
| 2560 | /// specialization set where the function template specialization data will |
| 2561 | /// be inserted. |
| 2562 | /// |
| 2563 | /// \param TSK the kind of template specialization this is. |
| 2564 | /// |
| 2565 | /// \param TemplateArgsAsWritten location info of template arguments. |
| 2566 | /// |
| 2567 | /// \param PointOfInstantiation point at which the function template |
| 2568 | /// specialization was first instantiated. |
| 2569 | void setFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionTemplateDecl *Template, |
| 2570 | const TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs, |
| 2571 | void *InsertPos, |
| 2572 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_ImplicitInstantiation, |
| 2573 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgsAsWritten = nullptr, |
| 2574 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation()) { |
| 2575 | setFunctionTemplateSpecialization(getASTContext(), Template, TemplateArgs, |
| 2576 | InsertPos, TSK, TemplateArgsAsWritten, |
| 2577 | PointOfInstantiation); |
| 2578 | } |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 | /// Specifies that this function declaration is actually a |
| 2581 | /// dependent function template specialization. |
| 2582 | void setDependentTemplateSpecialization(ASTContext &Context, |
| 2583 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Templates, |
| 2584 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 | DependentFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo * |
| 2587 | getDependentSpecializationInfo() const; |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 | /// Determine what kind of template instantiation this function |
| 2590 | /// represents. |
| 2591 | TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const; |
| 2592 | |
| 2593 | /// Determine the kind of template specialization this function represents |
| 2594 | /// for the purpose of template instantiation. |
| 2595 | TemplateSpecializationKind |
| 2596 | getTemplateSpecializationKindForInstantiation() const; |
| 2597 | |
| 2598 | /// Determine what kind of template instantiation this function |
| 2599 | /// represents. |
| 2600 | void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
| 2601 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation()); |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 | /// Retrieve the (first) point of instantiation of a function template |
| 2604 | /// specialization or a member of a class template specialization. |
| 2605 | /// |
| 2606 | /// \returns the first point of instantiation, if this function was |
| 2607 | /// instantiated from a template; otherwise, returns an invalid source |
| 2608 | /// location. |
| 2609 | SourceLocation getPointOfInstantiation() const; |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 | /// Determine whether this is or was instantiated from an out-of-line |
| 2612 | /// definition of a member function. |
| 2613 | bool isOutOfLine() const override; |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 | /// Identify a memory copying or setting function. |
| 2616 | /// If the given function is a memory copy or setting function, returns |
| 2617 | /// the corresponding Builtin ID. If the function is not a memory function, |
| 2618 | /// returns 0. |
| 2619 | unsigned getMemoryFunctionKind() const; |
| 2620 | |
| 2621 | /// Returns ODRHash of the function. This value is calculated and |
| 2622 | /// stored on first call, then the stored value returned on the other calls. |
| 2623 | unsigned getODRHash(); |
| 2624 | |
| 2625 | /// Returns cached ODRHash of the function. This must have been previously |
| 2626 | /// computed and stored. |
| 2627 | unsigned getODRHash() const; |
| 2628 | |
| 2629 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 2630 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 2631 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
| 2632 | return K >= firstFunction && K <= lastFunction; |
| 2633 | } |
| 2634 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const FunctionDecl *D) { |
| 2635 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(D)); |
| 2636 | } |
| 2637 | static FunctionDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
| 2638 | return static_cast<FunctionDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
| 2639 | } |
| 2640 | }; |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 | /// Represents a member of a struct/union/class. |
| 2643 | class FieldDecl : public DeclaratorDecl, public Mergeable<FieldDecl> { |
| 2644 | unsigned BitField : 1; |
| 2645 | unsigned Mutable : 1; |
| 2646 | mutable unsigned CachedFieldIndex : 30; |
| 2647 | |
| 2648 | /// The kinds of value we can store in InitializerOrBitWidth. |
| 2649 | /// |
| 2650 | /// Note that this is compatible with InClassInitStyle except for |
| 2651 | /// ISK_CapturedVLAType. |
| 2652 | enum InitStorageKind { |
| 2653 | /// If the pointer is null, there's nothing special. Otherwise, |
| 2654 | /// this is a bitfield and the pointer is the Expr* storing the |
| 2655 | /// bit-width. |
| 2656 | ISK_NoInit = (unsigned) ICIS_NoInit, |
| 2657 | |
| 2658 | /// The pointer is an (optional due to delayed parsing) Expr* |
| 2659 | /// holding the copy-initializer. |
| 2660 | ISK_InClassCopyInit = (unsigned) ICIS_CopyInit, |
| 2661 | |
| 2662 | /// The pointer is an (optional due to delayed parsing) Expr* |
| 2663 | /// holding the list-initializer. |
| 2664 | ISK_InClassListInit = (unsigned) ICIS_ListInit, |
| 2665 | |
| 2666 | /// The pointer is a VariableArrayType* that's been captured; |
| 2667 | /// the enclosing context is a lambda or captured statement. |
| 2668 | ISK_CapturedVLAType, |
| 2669 | }; |
| 2670 | |
| 2671 | /// If this is a bitfield with a default member initializer, this |
| 2672 | /// structure is used to represent the two expressions. |
| 2673 | struct InitAndBitWidth { |
| 2674 | Expr *Init; |
| 2675 | Expr *BitWidth; |
| 2676 | }; |
| 2677 | |
| 2678 | /// Storage for either the bit-width, the in-class initializer, or |
| 2679 | /// both (via InitAndBitWidth), or the captured variable length array bound. |
| 2680 | /// |
| 2681 | /// If the storage kind is ISK_InClassCopyInit or |
| 2682 | /// ISK_InClassListInit, but the initializer is null, then this |
| 2683 | /// field has an in-class initializer that has not yet been parsed |
| 2684 | /// and attached. |
| 2685 | // FIXME: Tail-allocate this to reduce the size of FieldDecl in the |
| 2686 | // overwhelmingly common case that we have none of these things. |
| 2687 | llvm::PointerIntPair<void *, 2, InitStorageKind> InitStorage; |
| 2688 | |
| 2689 | protected: |
| 2690 | FieldDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 2691 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 2692 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, Expr *BW, bool Mutable, |
| 2693 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle) |
| 2694 | : DeclaratorDecl(DK, DC, IdLoc, Id, T, TInfo, StartLoc), |
| 2695 | BitField(false), Mutable(Mutable), CachedFieldIndex(0), |
| 2696 | InitStorage(nullptr, (InitStorageKind) InitStyle) { |
| 2697 | if (BW) |
| 2698 | setBitWidth(BW); |
| 2699 | } |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 | public: |
| 2702 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 2703 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
| 2704 | |
| 2705 | static FieldDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 2706 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 2707 | IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T, |
| 2708 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, Expr *BW, bool Mutable, |
| 2709 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle); |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 | static FieldDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 | /// Returns the index of this field within its record, |
| 2714 | /// as appropriate for passing to ASTRecordLayout::getFieldOffset. |
| 2715 | unsigned getFieldIndex() const; |
| 2716 | |
| 2717 | /// Determines whether this field is mutable (C++ only). |
| 2718 | bool isMutable() const { return Mutable; } |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 | /// Determines whether this field is a bitfield. |
| 2721 | bool isBitField() const { return BitField; } |
| 2722 | |
| 2723 | /// Determines whether this is an unnamed bitfield. |
| 2724 | bool isUnnamedBitfield() const { return isBitField() && !getDeclName(); } |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 | /// Determines whether this field is a |
| 2727 | /// representative for an anonymous struct or union. Such fields are |
| 2728 | /// unnamed and are implicitly generated by the implementation to |
| 2729 | /// store the data for the anonymous union or struct. |
| 2730 | bool isAnonymousStructOrUnion() const; |
| 2731 | |
| 2732 | Expr *getBitWidth() const { |
| 2733 | if (!BitField) |
| 2734 | return nullptr; |
| 2735 | void *Ptr = InitStorage.getPointer(); |
| 2736 | if (getInClassInitStyle()) |
| 2737 | return static_cast<InitAndBitWidth*>(Ptr)->BitWidth; |
| 2738 | return static_cast<Expr*>(Ptr); |
| 2739 | } |
| 2740 | |
| 2741 | unsigned getBitWidthValue(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
| 2742 | |
| 2743 | /// Set the bit-field width for this member. |
| 2744 | // Note: used by some clients (i.e., do not remove it). |
| 2745 | void setBitWidth(Expr *Width) { |
| 2746 | assert(!hasCapturedVLAType() && !BitField &&((!hasCapturedVLAType() && !BitField && "bit width or captured type already set" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!hasCapturedVLAType() && !BitField && \"bit width or captured type already set\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2747, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 2747 | "bit width or captured type already set")((!hasCapturedVLAType() && !BitField && "bit width or captured type already set" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!hasCapturedVLAType() && !BitField && \"bit width or captured type already set\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2747, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 2748 | assert(Width && "no bit width specified")((Width && "no bit width specified") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Width && \"no bit width specified\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2748, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 2749 | InitStorage.setPointer( |
| 2750 | InitStorage.getInt() |
| 2751 | ? new (getASTContext()) |
| 2752 | InitAndBitWidth{getInClassInitializer(), Width} |
| 2753 | : static_cast<void*>(Width)); |
| 2754 | BitField = true; |
| 2755 | } |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 | /// Remove the bit-field width from this member. |
| 2758 | // Note: used by some clients (i.e., do not remove it). |
| 2759 | void removeBitWidth() { |
| 2760 | assert(isBitField() && "no bitfield width to remove")((isBitField() && "no bitfield width to remove") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isBitField() && \"no bitfield width to remove\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2760, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 2761 | InitStorage.setPointer(getInClassInitializer()); |
| 2762 | BitField = false; |
| 2763 | } |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 | /// Is this a zero-length bit-field? Such bit-fields aren't really bit-fields |
| 2766 | /// at all and instead act as a separator between contiguous runs of other |
| 2767 | /// bit-fields. |
| 2768 | bool isZeroLengthBitField(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
| 2769 | |
| 2770 | /// Determine if this field is a subobject of zero size, that is, either a |
| 2771 | /// zero-length bit-field or a field of empty class type with the |
| 2772 | /// [[no_unique_address]] attribute. |
| 2773 | bool isZeroSize(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 | /// Get the kind of (C++11) default member initializer that this field has. |
| 2776 | InClassInitStyle getInClassInitStyle() const { |
| 2777 | InitStorageKind storageKind = InitStorage.getInt(); |
| 2778 | return (storageKind == ISK_CapturedVLAType |
| 2779 | ? ICIS_NoInit : (InClassInitStyle) storageKind); |
| 2780 | } |
| 2781 | |
| 2782 | /// Determine whether this member has a C++11 default member initializer. |
| 2783 | bool hasInClassInitializer() const { |
| 2784 | return getInClassInitStyle() != ICIS_NoInit; |
| 2785 | } |
| 2786 | |
| 2787 | /// Get the C++11 default member initializer for this member, or null if one |
| 2788 | /// has not been set. If a valid declaration has a default member initializer, |
| 2789 | /// but this returns null, then we have not parsed and attached it yet. |
| 2790 | Expr *getInClassInitializer() const { |
| 2791 | if (!hasInClassInitializer()) |
| 2792 | return nullptr; |
| 2793 | void *Ptr = InitStorage.getPointer(); |
| 2794 | if (BitField) |
| 2795 | return static_cast<InitAndBitWidth*>(Ptr)->Init; |
| 2796 | return static_cast<Expr*>(Ptr); |
| 2797 | } |
| 2798 | |
| 2799 | /// Set the C++11 in-class initializer for this member. |
| 2800 | void setInClassInitializer(Expr *Init) { |
| 2801 | assert(hasInClassInitializer() && !getInClassInitializer())((hasInClassInitializer() && !getInClassInitializer() ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("hasInClassInitializer() && !getInClassInitializer()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2801, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 2802 | if (BitField) |
| 2803 | static_cast<InitAndBitWidth*>(InitStorage.getPointer())->Init = Init; |
| 2804 | else |
| 2805 | InitStorage.setPointer(Init); |
| 2806 | } |
| 2807 | |
| 2808 | /// Remove the C++11 in-class initializer from this member. |
| 2809 | void removeInClassInitializer() { |
| 2810 | assert(hasInClassInitializer() && "no initializer to remove")((hasInClassInitializer() && "no initializer to remove" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("hasInClassInitializer() && \"no initializer to remove\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2810, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 2811 | InitStorage.setPointerAndInt(getBitWidth(), ISK_NoInit); |
| 2812 | } |
| 2813 | |
| 2814 | /// Determine whether this member captures the variable length array |
| 2815 | /// type. |
| 2816 | bool hasCapturedVLAType() const { |
| 2817 | return InitStorage.getInt() == ISK_CapturedVLAType; |
| 2818 | } |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 | /// Get the captured variable length array type. |
| 2821 | const VariableArrayType *getCapturedVLAType() const { |
| 2822 | return hasCapturedVLAType() ? static_cast<const VariableArrayType *>( |
| 2823 | InitStorage.getPointer()) |
| 2824 | : nullptr; |
| 2825 | } |
| 2826 | |
| 2827 | /// Set the captured variable length array type for this field. |
| 2828 | void setCapturedVLAType(const VariableArrayType *VLAType); |
| 2829 | |
| 2830 | /// Returns the parent of this field declaration, which |
| 2831 | /// is the struct in which this field is defined. |
| 2832 | const RecordDecl *getParent() const { |
| 2833 | return cast<RecordDecl>(getDeclContext()); |
| 2834 | } |
| 2835 | |
| 2836 | RecordDecl *getParent() { |
| 2837 | return cast<RecordDecl>(getDeclContext()); |
| 2838 | } |
| 2839 | |
| 2840 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 | /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this field. |
| 2843 | FieldDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { return getFirstDecl(); } |
| 2844 | const FieldDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { return getFirstDecl(); } |
| 2845 | |
| 2846 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 2847 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 2848 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstField && K <= lastField; } |
| 2849 | }; |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 | /// An instance of this object exists for each enum constant |
| 2852 | /// that is defined. For example, in "enum X {a,b}", each of a/b are |
| 2853 | /// EnumConstantDecl's, X is an instance of EnumDecl, and the type of a/b is a |
| 2854 | /// TagType for the X EnumDecl. |
| 2855 | class EnumConstantDecl : public ValueDecl, public Mergeable<EnumConstantDecl> { |
| 2856 | Stmt *Init; // an integer constant expression |
| 2857 | llvm::APSInt Val; // The value. |
| 2858 | |
| 2859 | protected: |
| 2860 | EnumConstantDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, |
| 2861 | IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T, Expr *E, |
| 2862 | const llvm::APSInt &V) |
| 2863 | : ValueDecl(EnumConstant, DC, L, Id, T), Init((Stmt*)E), Val(V) {} |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 | public: |
| 2866 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
| 2867 | |
| 2868 | static EnumConstantDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *DC, |
| 2869 | SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 2870 | QualType T, Expr *E, |
| 2871 | const llvm::APSInt &V); |
| 2872 | static EnumConstantDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 | const Expr *getInitExpr() const { return (const Expr*) Init; } |
| 2875 | Expr *getInitExpr() { return (Expr*) Init; } |
| 2876 | const llvm::APSInt &getInitVal() const { return Val; } |
| 2877 | |
| 2878 | void setInitExpr(Expr *E) { Init = (Stmt*) E; } |
| 2879 | void setInitVal(const llvm::APSInt &V) { Val = V; } |
| 2880 | |
| 2881 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 2882 | |
| 2883 | /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this enumerator. |
| 2884 | EnumConstantDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { return getFirstDecl(); } |
| 2885 | const EnumConstantDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { return getFirstDecl(); } |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 2888 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 2889 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == EnumConstant; } |
| 2890 | }; |
| 2891 | |
| 2892 | /// Represents a field injected from an anonymous union/struct into the parent |
| 2893 | /// scope. These are always implicit. |
| 2894 | class IndirectFieldDecl : public ValueDecl, |
| 2895 | public Mergeable<IndirectFieldDecl> { |
| 2896 | NamedDecl **Chaining; |
| 2897 | unsigned ChainingSize; |
| 2898 | |
| 2899 | IndirectFieldDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, |
| 2900 | DeclarationName N, QualType T, |
| 2901 | MutableArrayRef<NamedDecl *> CH); |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 | void anchor() override; |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 | public: |
| 2906 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 2907 | |
| 2908 | static IndirectFieldDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 2909 | SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 2910 | QualType T, llvm::MutableArrayRef<NamedDecl *> CH); |
| 2911 | |
| 2912 | static IndirectFieldDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 2913 | |
| 2914 | using chain_iterator = ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::const_iterator; |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> chain() const { |
| 2917 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(Chaining, ChainingSize); |
| 2918 | } |
| 2919 | chain_iterator chain_begin() const { return chain().begin(); } |
| 2920 | chain_iterator chain_end() const { return chain().end(); } |
| 2921 | |
| 2922 | unsigned getChainingSize() const { return ChainingSize; } |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 | FieldDecl *getAnonField() const { |
| 2925 | assert(chain().size() >= 2)((chain().size() >= 2) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("chain().size() >= 2", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2925, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 2926 | return cast<FieldDecl>(chain().back()); |
| 2927 | } |
| 2928 | |
| 2929 | VarDecl *getVarDecl() const { |
| 2930 | assert(chain().size() >= 2)((chain().size() >= 2) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("chain().size() >= 2", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2930, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 2931 | return dyn_cast<VarDecl>(chain().front()); |
| 2932 | } |
| 2933 | |
| 2934 | IndirectFieldDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { return getFirstDecl(); } |
| 2935 | const IndirectFieldDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { return getFirstDecl(); } |
| 2936 | |
| 2937 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 2938 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 2939 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == IndirectField; } |
| 2940 | }; |
| 2941 | |
| 2942 | /// Represents a declaration of a type. |
| 2943 | class TypeDecl : public NamedDecl { |
| 2944 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 2945 | |
| 2946 | /// This indicates the Type object that represents |
| 2947 | /// this TypeDecl. It is a cache maintained by |
| 2948 | /// ASTContext::getTypedefType, ASTContext::getTagDeclType, and |
| 2949 | /// ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType, and TemplateTypeParmDecl. |
| 2950 | mutable const Type *TypeForDecl = nullptr; |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 | /// The start of the source range for this declaration. |
| 2953 | SourceLocation LocStart; |
| 2954 | |
| 2955 | void anchor() override; |
| 2956 | |
| 2957 | protected: |
| 2958 | TypeDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 2959 | SourceLocation StartL = SourceLocation()) |
| 2960 | : NamedDecl(DK, DC, L, Id), LocStart(StartL) {} |
| 2961 | |
| 2962 | public: |
| 2963 | // Low-level accessor. If you just want the type defined by this node, |
| 2964 | // check out ASTContext::getTypeDeclType or one of |
| 2965 | // ASTContext::getTypedefType, ASTContext::getRecordType, etc. if you |
| 2966 | // already know the specific kind of node this is. |
| 2967 | const Type *getTypeForDecl() const { return TypeForDecl; } |
| 2968 | void setTypeForDecl(const Type *TD) { TypeForDecl = TD; } |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return LocStart; } |
| 2971 | void setLocStart(SourceLocation L) { LocStart = L; } |
| 2972 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
| 2973 | if (LocStart.isValid()) |
| 2974 | return SourceRange(LocStart, getLocation()); |
| 2975 | else |
| 2976 | return SourceRange(getLocation()); |
| 2977 | } |
| 2978 | |
| 2979 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 2980 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 2981 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstType && K <= lastType; } |
| 2982 | }; |
| 2983 | |
| 2984 | /// Base class for declarations which introduce a typedef-name. |
| 2985 | class TypedefNameDecl : public TypeDecl, public Redeclarable<TypedefNameDecl> { |
| 2986 | struct alignas(8) ModedTInfo { |
| 2987 | TypeSourceInfo *first; |
| 2988 | QualType second; |
| 2989 | }; |
| 2990 | |
| 2991 | /// If int part is 0, we have not computed IsTransparentTag. |
| 2992 | /// Otherwise, IsTransparentTag is (getInt() >> 1). |
| 2993 | mutable llvm::PointerIntPair< |
| 2994 | llvm::PointerUnion<TypeSourceInfo *, ModedTInfo *>, 2> |
| 2995 | MaybeModedTInfo; |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 | void anchor() override; |
| 2998 | |
| 2999 | protected: |
| 3000 | TypedefNameDecl(Kind DK, ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 3001 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 3002 | IdentifierInfo *Id, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) |
| 3003 | : TypeDecl(DK, DC, IdLoc, Id, StartLoc), redeclarable_base(C), |
| 3004 | MaybeModedTInfo(TInfo, 0) {} |
| 3005 | |
| 3006 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<TypedefNameDecl>; |
| 3007 | |
| 3008 | TypedefNameDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override { |
| 3009 | return getNextRedeclaration(); |
| 3010 | } |
| 3011 | |
| 3012 | TypedefNameDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override { |
| 3013 | return getPreviousDecl(); |
| 3014 | } |
| 3015 | |
| 3016 | TypedefNameDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override { |
| 3017 | return getMostRecentDecl(); |
| 3018 | } |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 | public: |
| 3021 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
| 3022 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
| 3023 | |
| 3024 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
| 3025 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
| 3026 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
| 3027 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
| 3028 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
| 3029 | using redeclarable_base::isFirstDecl; |
| 3030 | |
| 3031 | bool isModed() const { |
| 3032 | return MaybeModedTInfo.getPointer().is<ModedTInfo *>(); |
| 3033 | } |
| 3034 | |
| 3035 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { |
| 3036 | return isModed() ? MaybeModedTInfo.getPointer().get<ModedTInfo *>()->first |
| 3037 | : MaybeModedTInfo.getPointer().get<TypeSourceInfo *>(); |
| 3038 | } |
| 3039 | |
| 3040 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { |
| 3041 | return isModed() ? MaybeModedTInfo.getPointer().get<ModedTInfo *>()->second |
| 3042 | : MaybeModedTInfo.getPointer() |
| 3043 | .get<TypeSourceInfo *>() |
| 3044 | ->getType(); |
| 3045 | } |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 | void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *newType) { |
| 3048 | MaybeModedTInfo.setPointer(newType); |
| 3049 | } |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 | void setModedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *unmodedTSI, QualType modedTy) { |
| 3052 | MaybeModedTInfo.setPointer(new (getASTContext(), 8) |
| 3053 | ModedTInfo({unmodedTSI, modedTy})); |
| 3054 | } |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 | /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this typedef-name. |
| 3057 | TypedefNameDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { return getFirstDecl(); } |
| 3058 | const TypedefNameDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { return getFirstDecl(); } |
| 3059 | |
| 3060 | /// Retrieves the tag declaration for which this is the typedef name for |
| 3061 | /// linkage purposes, if any. |
| 3062 | /// |
| 3063 | /// \param AnyRedecl Look for the tag declaration in any redeclaration of |
| 3064 | /// this typedef declaration. |
| 3065 | TagDecl *getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(bool AnyRedecl = false) const; |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 | /// Determines if this typedef shares a name and spelling location with its |
| 3068 | /// underlying tag type, as is the case with the NS_ENUM macro. |
| 3069 | bool isTransparentTag() const { |
| 3070 | if (MaybeModedTInfo.getInt()) |
| 3071 | return MaybeModedTInfo.getInt() & 0x2; |
| 3072 | return isTransparentTagSlow(); |
| 3073 | } |
| 3074 | |
| 3075 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 3076 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 3077 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
| 3078 | return K >= firstTypedefName && K <= lastTypedefName; |
| 3079 | } |
| 3080 | |
| 3081 | private: |
| 3082 | bool isTransparentTagSlow() const; |
| 3083 | }; |
| 3084 | |
| 3085 | /// Represents the declaration of a typedef-name via the 'typedef' |
| 3086 | /// type specifier. |
| 3087 | class TypedefDecl : public TypedefNameDecl { |
| 3088 | TypedefDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 3089 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) |
| 3090 | : TypedefNameDecl(Typedef, C, DC, StartLoc, IdLoc, Id, TInfo) {} |
| 3091 | |
| 3092 | public: |
| 3093 | static TypedefDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 3094 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 3095 | IdentifierInfo *Id, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
| 3096 | static TypedefDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 3097 | |
| 3098 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 3099 | |
| 3100 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 3101 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 3102 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Typedef; } |
| 3103 | }; |
| 3104 | |
| 3105 | /// Represents the declaration of a typedef-name via a C++11 |
| 3106 | /// alias-declaration. |
| 3107 | class TypeAliasDecl : public TypedefNameDecl { |
| 3108 | /// The template for which this is the pattern, if any. |
| 3109 | TypeAliasTemplateDecl *Template; |
| 3110 | |
| 3111 | TypeAliasDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 3112 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) |
| 3113 | : TypedefNameDecl(TypeAlias, C, DC, StartLoc, IdLoc, Id, TInfo), |
| 3114 | Template(nullptr) {} |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 | public: |
| 3117 | static TypeAliasDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 3118 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 3119 | IdentifierInfo *Id, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
| 3120 | static TypeAliasDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 3123 | |
| 3124 | TypeAliasTemplateDecl *getDescribedAliasTemplate() const { return Template; } |
| 3125 | void setDescribedAliasTemplate(TypeAliasTemplateDecl *TAT) { Template = TAT; } |
| 3126 | |
| 3127 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 3128 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 3129 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == TypeAlias; } |
| 3130 | }; |
| 3131 | |
| 3132 | /// Represents the declaration of a struct/union/class/enum. |
| 3133 | class TagDecl : public TypeDecl, |
| 3134 | public DeclContext, |
| 3135 | public Redeclarable<TagDecl> { |
| 3136 | // This class stores some data in DeclContext::TagDeclBits |
| 3137 | // to save some space. Use the provided accessors to access it. |
| 3138 | public: |
| 3139 | // This is really ugly. |
| 3140 | using TagKind = TagTypeKind; |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 | private: |
| 3143 | SourceRange BraceRange; |
| 3144 | |
| 3145 | // A struct representing syntactic qualifier info, |
| 3146 | // to be used for the (uncommon) case of out-of-line declarations. |
| 3147 | using ExtInfo = QualifierInfo; |
| 3148 | |
| 3149 | /// If the (out-of-line) tag declaration name |
| 3150 | /// is qualified, it points to the qualifier info (nns and range); |
| 3151 | /// otherwise, if the tag declaration is anonymous and it is part of |
| 3152 | /// a typedef or alias, it points to the TypedefNameDecl (used for mangling); |
| 3153 | /// otherwise, if the tag declaration is anonymous and it is used as a |
| 3154 | /// declaration specifier for variables, it points to the first VarDecl (used |
| 3155 | /// for mangling); |
| 3156 | /// otherwise, it is a null (TypedefNameDecl) pointer. |
| 3157 | llvm::PointerUnion<TypedefNameDecl *, ExtInfo *> TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier; |
| 3158 | |
| 3159 | bool hasExtInfo() const { return TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier.is<ExtInfo *>(); } |
| 3160 | ExtInfo *getExtInfo() { return TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier.get<ExtInfo *>(); } |
| 3161 | const ExtInfo *getExtInfo() const { |
| 3162 | return TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier.get<ExtInfo *>(); |
| 3163 | } |
| 3164 | |
| 3165 | protected: |
| 3166 | TagDecl(Kind DK, TagKind TK, const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 3167 | SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id, TagDecl *PrevDecl, |
| 3168 | SourceLocation StartL); |
| 3169 | |
| 3170 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<TagDecl>; |
| 3171 | |
| 3172 | TagDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override { |
| 3173 | return getNextRedeclaration(); |
| 3174 | } |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 | TagDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override { |
| 3177 | return getPreviousDecl(); |
| 3178 | } |
| 3179 | |
| 3180 | TagDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override { |
| 3181 | return getMostRecentDecl(); |
| 3182 | } |
| 3183 | |
| 3184 | /// Completes the definition of this tag declaration. |
| 3185 | /// |
| 3186 | /// This is a helper function for derived classes. |
| 3187 | void completeDefinition(); |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 | /// True if this decl is currently being defined. |
| 3190 | void setBeingDefined(bool V = true) { TagDeclBits.IsBeingDefined = V; } |
| 3191 | |
| 3192 | /// Indicates whether it is possible for declarations of this kind |
| 3193 | /// to have an out-of-date definition. |
| 3194 | /// |
| 3195 | /// This option is only enabled when modules are enabled. |
| 3196 | void setMayHaveOutOfDateDef(bool V = true) { |
| 3197 | TagDeclBits.MayHaveOutOfDateDef = V; |
| 3198 | } |
| 3199 | |
| 3200 | public: |
| 3201 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 3202 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
| 3203 | |
| 3204 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
| 3205 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
| 3206 | |
| 3207 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
| 3208 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
| 3209 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
| 3210 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
| 3211 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
| 3212 | using redeclarable_base::isFirstDecl; |
| 3213 | |
| 3214 | SourceRange getBraceRange() const { return BraceRange; } |
| 3215 | void setBraceRange(SourceRange R) { BraceRange = R; } |
| 3216 | |
| 3217 | /// Return SourceLocation representing start of source |
| 3218 | /// range ignoring outer template declarations. |
| 3219 | SourceLocation getInnerLocStart() const { return getBeginLoc(); } |
| 3220 | |
| 3221 | /// Return SourceLocation representing start of source |
| 3222 | /// range taking into account any outer template declarations. |
| 3223 | SourceLocation getOuterLocStart() const; |
| 3224 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 3225 | |
| 3226 | TagDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override; |
| 3227 | const TagDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
| 3228 | return const_cast<TagDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
| 3229 | } |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 | /// Return true if this declaration is a completion definition of the type. |
| 3232 | /// Provided for consistency. |
| 3233 | bool isThisDeclarationADefinition() const { |
| 3234 | return isCompleteDefinition(); |
| 3235 | } |
| 3236 | |
| 3237 | /// Return true if this decl has its body fully specified. |
| 3238 | bool isCompleteDefinition() const { return TagDeclBits.IsCompleteDefinition; } |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 | /// True if this decl has its body fully specified. |
| 3241 | void setCompleteDefinition(bool V = true) { |
| 3242 | TagDeclBits.IsCompleteDefinition = V; |
| 3243 | } |
| 3244 | |
| 3245 | /// Return true if this complete decl is |
| 3246 | /// required to be complete for some existing use. |
| 3247 | bool isCompleteDefinitionRequired() const { |
| 3248 | return TagDeclBits.IsCompleteDefinitionRequired; |
| 3249 | } |
| 3250 | |
| 3251 | /// True if this complete decl is |
| 3252 | /// required to be complete for some existing use. |
| 3253 | void setCompleteDefinitionRequired(bool V = true) { |
| 3254 | TagDeclBits.IsCompleteDefinitionRequired = V; |
| 3255 | } |
| 3256 | |
| 3257 | /// Return true if this decl is currently being defined. |
| 3258 | bool isBeingDefined() const { return TagDeclBits.IsBeingDefined; } |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 | /// True if this tag declaration is "embedded" (i.e., defined or declared |
| 3261 | /// for the very first time) in the syntax of a declarator. |
| 3262 | bool isEmbeddedInDeclarator() const { |
| 3263 | return TagDeclBits.IsEmbeddedInDeclarator; |
| 3264 | } |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 | /// True if this tag declaration is "embedded" (i.e., defined or declared |
| 3267 | /// for the very first time) in the syntax of a declarator. |
| 3268 | void setEmbeddedInDeclarator(bool isInDeclarator) { |
| 3269 | TagDeclBits.IsEmbeddedInDeclarator = isInDeclarator; |
| 3270 | } |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 | /// True if this tag is free standing, e.g. "struct foo;". |
| 3273 | bool isFreeStanding() const { return TagDeclBits.IsFreeStanding; } |
| 3274 | |
| 3275 | /// True if this tag is free standing, e.g. "struct foo;". |
| 3276 | void setFreeStanding(bool isFreeStanding = true) { |
| 3277 | TagDeclBits.IsFreeStanding = isFreeStanding; |
| 3278 | } |
| 3279 | |
| 3280 | /// Indicates whether it is possible for declarations of this kind |
| 3281 | /// to have an out-of-date definition. |
| 3282 | /// |
| 3283 | /// This option is only enabled when modules are enabled. |
| 3284 | bool mayHaveOutOfDateDef() const { return TagDeclBits.MayHaveOutOfDateDef; } |
| 3285 | |
| 3286 | /// Whether this declaration declares a type that is |
| 3287 | /// dependent, i.e., a type that somehow depends on template |
| 3288 | /// parameters. |
| 3289 | bool isDependentType() const { return isDependentContext(); } |
| 3290 | |
| 3291 | /// Starts the definition of this tag declaration. |
| 3292 | /// |
| 3293 | /// This method should be invoked at the beginning of the definition |
| 3294 | /// of this tag declaration. It will set the tag type into a state |
| 3295 | /// where it is in the process of being defined. |
| 3296 | void startDefinition(); |
| 3297 | |
| 3298 | /// Returns the TagDecl that actually defines this |
| 3299 | /// struct/union/class/enum. When determining whether or not a |
| 3300 | /// struct/union/class/enum has a definition, one should use this |
| 3301 | /// method as opposed to 'isDefinition'. 'isDefinition' indicates |
| 3302 | /// whether or not a specific TagDecl is defining declaration, not |
| 3303 | /// whether or not the struct/union/class/enum type is defined. |
| 3304 | /// This method returns NULL if there is no TagDecl that defines |
| 3305 | /// the struct/union/class/enum. |
| 3306 | TagDecl *getDefinition() const; |
| 3307 | |
| 3308 | StringRef getKindName() const { |
| 3309 | return TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(getTagKind()); |
| 3310 | } |
| 3311 | |
| 3312 | TagKind getTagKind() const { |
| 3313 | return static_cast<TagKind>(TagDeclBits.TagDeclKind); |
| 3314 | } |
| 3315 | |
| 3316 | void setTagKind(TagKind TK) { TagDeclBits.TagDeclKind = TK; } |
| 3317 | |
| 3318 | bool isStruct() const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Struct; } |
| 3319 | bool isInterface() const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Interface; } |
| 3320 | bool isClass() const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Class; } |
| 3321 | bool isUnion() const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Union; } |
| 3322 | bool isEnum() const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Enum; } |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 | /// Is this tag type named, either directly or via being defined in |
| 3325 | /// a typedef of this type? |
| 3326 | /// |
| 3327 | /// C++11 [basic.link]p8: |
| 3328 | /// A type is said to have linkage if and only if: |
| 3329 | /// - it is a class or enumeration type that is named (or has a |
| 3330 | /// name for linkage purposes) and the name has linkage; ... |
| 3331 | /// C++11 [dcl.typedef]p9: |
| 3332 | /// If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or enum), |
| 3333 | /// the first typedef-name declared by the declaration to be that |
| 3334 | /// class type (or enum type) is used to denote the class type (or |
| 3335 | /// enum type) for linkage purposes only. |
| 3336 | /// |
| 3337 | /// C does not have an analogous rule, but the same concept is |
| 3338 | /// nonetheless useful in some places. |
| 3339 | bool hasNameForLinkage() const { |
| 3340 | return (getDeclName() || getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()); |
| 3341 | } |
| 3342 | |
| 3343 | TypedefNameDecl *getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() const { |
| 3344 | return hasExtInfo() ? nullptr |
| 3345 | : TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier.get<TypedefNameDecl *>(); |
| 3346 | } |
| 3347 | |
| 3348 | void setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(TypedefNameDecl *TDD); |
| 3349 | |
| 3350 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name of this |
| 3351 | /// declaration, if it was present in the source. |
| 3352 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
| 3353 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier() |
| 3354 | : nullptr; |
| 3355 | } |
| 3356 | |
| 3357 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier (with source-location |
| 3358 | /// information) that qualifies the name of this declaration, if it was |
| 3359 | /// present in the source. |
| 3360 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { |
| 3361 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->QualifierLoc |
| 3362 | : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(); |
| 3363 | } |
| 3364 | |
| 3365 | void setQualifierInfo(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc); |
| 3366 | |
| 3367 | unsigned getNumTemplateParameterLists() const { |
| 3368 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->NumTemplParamLists : 0; |
| 3369 | } |
| 3370 | |
| 3371 | TemplateParameterList *getTemplateParameterList(unsigned i) const { |
| 3372 | assert(i < getNumTemplateParameterLists())((i < getNumTemplateParameterLists()) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumTemplateParameterLists()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 3372, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 3373 | return getExtInfo()->TemplParamLists[i]; |
| 3374 | } |
| 3375 | |
| 3376 | void setTemplateParameterListsInfo(ASTContext &Context, |
| 3377 | ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> TPLists); |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 3380 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 3381 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstTag && K <= lastTag; } |
| 3382 | |
| 3383 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const TagDecl *D) { |
| 3384 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<TagDecl*>(D)); |
| 3385 | } |
| 3386 | |
| 3387 | static TagDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
| 3388 | return static_cast<TagDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
| 3389 | } |
| 3390 | }; |
| 3391 | |
| 3392 | /// Represents an enum. In C++11, enums can be forward-declared |
| 3393 | /// with a fixed underlying type, and in C we allow them to be forward-declared |
| 3394 | /// with no underlying type as an extension. |
| 3395 | class EnumDecl : public TagDecl { |
| 3396 | // This class stores some data in DeclContext::EnumDeclBits |
| 3397 | // to save some space. Use the provided accessors to access it. |
| 3398 | |
| 3399 | /// This represent the integer type that the enum corresponds |
| 3400 | /// to for code generation purposes. Note that the enumerator constants may |
| 3401 | /// have a different type than this does. |
| 3402 | /// |
| 3403 | /// If the underlying integer type was explicitly stated in the source |
| 3404 | /// code, this is a TypeSourceInfo* for that type. Otherwise this type |
| 3405 | /// was automatically deduced somehow, and this is a Type*. |
| 3406 | /// |
| 3407 | /// Normally if IsFixed(), this would contain a TypeSourceInfo*, but in |
| 3408 | /// some cases it won't. |
| 3409 | /// |
| 3410 | /// The underlying type of an enumeration never has any qualifiers, so |
| 3411 | /// we can get away with just storing a raw Type*, and thus save an |
| 3412 | /// extra pointer when TypeSourceInfo is needed. |
| 3413 | llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, TypeSourceInfo *> IntegerType; |
| 3414 | |
| 3415 | /// The integer type that values of this type should |
| 3416 | /// promote to. In C, enumerators are generally of an integer type |
| 3417 | /// directly, but gcc-style large enumerators (and all enumerators |
| 3418 | /// in C++) are of the enum type instead. |
| 3419 | QualType PromotionType; |
| 3420 | |
| 3421 | /// If this enumeration is an instantiation of a member enumeration |
| 3422 | /// of a class template specialization, this is the member specialization |
| 3423 | /// information. |
| 3424 | MemberSpecializationInfo *SpecializationInfo = nullptr; |
| 3425 | |
| 3426 | /// Store the ODRHash after first calculation. |
| 3427 | /// The corresponding flag HasODRHash is in EnumDeclBits |
| 3428 | /// and can be accessed with the provided accessors. |
| 3429 | unsigned ODRHash; |
| 3430 | |
| 3431 | EnumDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 3432 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, EnumDecl *PrevDecl, |
| 3433 | bool Scoped, bool ScopedUsingClassTag, bool Fixed); |
| 3434 | |
| 3435 | void anchor() override; |
| 3436 | |
| 3437 | void setInstantiationOfMemberEnum(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *ED, |
| 3438 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
| 3439 | |
| 3440 | /// Sets the width in bits required to store all the |
| 3441 | /// non-negative enumerators of this enum. |
| 3442 | void setNumPositiveBits(unsigned Num) { |
| 3443 | EnumDeclBits.NumPositiveBits = Num; |
| 3444 | assert(EnumDeclBits.NumPositiveBits == Num && "can't store this bitcount")((EnumDeclBits.NumPositiveBits == Num && "can't store this bitcount" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("EnumDeclBits.NumPositiveBits == Num && \"can't store this bitcount\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 3444, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 3445 | } |
| 3446 | |
| 3447 | /// Returns the width in bits required to store all the |
| 3448 | /// negative enumerators of this enum. (see getNumNegativeBits) |
| 3449 | void setNumNegativeBits(unsigned Num) { EnumDeclBits.NumNegativeBits = Num; } |
| 3450 | |
| 3451 | /// True if this tag declaration is a scoped enumeration. Only |
| 3452 | /// possible in C++11 mode. |
| 3453 | void setScoped(bool Scoped = true) { EnumDeclBits.IsScoped = Scoped; } |
| 3454 | |
| 3455 | /// If this tag declaration is a scoped enum, |
| 3456 | /// then this is true if the scoped enum was declared using the class |
| 3457 | /// tag, false if it was declared with the struct tag. No meaning is |
| 3458 | /// associated if this tag declaration is not a scoped enum. |
| 3459 | void setScopedUsingClassTag(bool ScopedUCT = true) { |
| 3460 | EnumDeclBits.IsScopedUsingClassTag = ScopedUCT; |
| 3461 | } |
| 3462 | |
| 3463 | /// True if this is an Objective-C, C++11, or |
| 3464 | /// Microsoft-style enumeration with a fixed underlying type. |
| 3465 | void setFixed(bool Fixed = true) { EnumDeclBits.IsFixed = Fixed; } |
| 3466 | |
| 3467 | /// True if a valid hash is stored in ODRHash. |
| 3468 | bool hasODRHash() const { return EnumDeclBits.HasODRHash; } |
| 3469 | void setHasODRHash(bool Hash = true) { EnumDeclBits.HasODRHash = Hash; } |
| 3470 | |
| 3471 | public: |
| 3472 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 3473 | |
| 3474 | EnumDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
| 3475 | return cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::getCanonicalDecl()); |
| 3476 | } |
| 3477 | const EnumDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
| 3478 | return const_cast<EnumDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
| 3479 | } |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 | EnumDecl *getPreviousDecl() { |
| 3482 | return cast_or_null<EnumDecl>( |
| 3483 | static_cast<TagDecl *>(this)->getPreviousDecl()); |
| 3484 | } |
| 3485 | const EnumDecl *getPreviousDecl() const { |
| 3486 | return const_cast<EnumDecl*>(this)->getPreviousDecl(); |
| 3487 | } |
| 3488 | |
| 3489 | EnumDecl *getMostRecentDecl() { |
| 3490 | return cast<EnumDecl>(static_cast<TagDecl *>(this)->getMostRecentDecl()); |
| 3491 | } |
| 3492 | const EnumDecl *getMostRecentDecl() const { |
| 3493 | return const_cast<EnumDecl*>(this)->getMostRecentDecl(); |
| 3494 | } |
| 3495 | |
| 3496 | EnumDecl *getDefinition() const { |
| 3497 | return cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::getDefinition()); |
| 3498 | } |
| 3499 | |
| 3500 | static EnumDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 3501 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 3502 | IdentifierInfo *Id, EnumDecl *PrevDecl, |
| 3503 | bool IsScoped, bool IsScopedUsingClassTag, |
| 3504 | bool IsFixed); |
| 3505 | static EnumDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 3506 | |
| 3507 | /// When created, the EnumDecl corresponds to a |
| 3508 | /// forward-declared enum. This method is used to mark the |
| 3509 | /// declaration as being defined; its enumerators have already been |
| 3510 | /// added (via DeclContext::addDecl). NewType is the new underlying |
| 3511 | /// type of the enumeration type. |
| 3512 | void completeDefinition(QualType NewType, |
| 3513 | QualType PromotionType, |
| 3514 | unsigned NumPositiveBits, |
| 3515 | unsigned NumNegativeBits); |
| 3516 | |
| 3517 | // Iterates through the enumerators of this enumeration. |
| 3518 | using enumerator_iterator = specific_decl_iterator<EnumConstantDecl>; |
| 3519 | using enumerator_range = |
| 3520 | llvm::iterator_range<specific_decl_iterator<EnumConstantDecl>>; |
| 3521 | |
| 3522 | enumerator_range enumerators() const { |
| 3523 | return enumerator_range(enumerator_begin(), enumerator_end()); |
| 3524 | } |
| 3525 | |
| 3526 | enumerator_iterator enumerator_begin() const { |
| 3527 | const EnumDecl *E = getDefinition(); |
| 3528 | if (!E) |
| 3529 | E = this; |
| 3530 | return enumerator_iterator(E->decls_begin()); |
| 3531 | } |
| 3532 | |
| 3533 | enumerator_iterator enumerator_end() const { |
| 3534 | const EnumDecl *E = getDefinition(); |
| 3535 | if (!E) |
| 3536 | E = this; |
| 3537 | return enumerator_iterator(E->decls_end()); |
| 3538 | } |
| 3539 | |
| 3540 | /// Return the integer type that enumerators should promote to. |
| 3541 | QualType getPromotionType() const { return PromotionType; } |
| 3542 | |
| 3543 | /// Set the promotion type. |
| 3544 | void setPromotionType(QualType T) { PromotionType = T; } |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 | /// Return the integer type this enum decl corresponds to. |
| 3547 | /// This returns a null QualType for an enum forward definition with no fixed |
| 3548 | /// underlying type. |
| 3549 | QualType getIntegerType() const { |
| 3550 | if (!IntegerType) |
| 3551 | return QualType(); |
| 3552 | if (const Type *T = IntegerType.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) |
| 3553 | return QualType(T, 0); |
| 3554 | return IntegerType.get<TypeSourceInfo*>()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
| 3555 | } |
| 3556 | |
| 3557 | /// Set the underlying integer type. |
| 3558 | void setIntegerType(QualType T) { IntegerType = T.getTypePtrOrNull(); } |
| 3559 | |
| 3560 | /// Set the underlying integer type source info. |
| 3561 | void setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { IntegerType = TInfo; } |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 | /// Return the type source info for the underlying integer type, |
| 3564 | /// if no type source info exists, return 0. |
| 3565 | TypeSourceInfo *getIntegerTypeSourceInfo() const { |
| 3566 | return IntegerType.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>(); |
| 3567 | } |
| 3568 | |
| 3569 | /// Retrieve the source range that covers the underlying type if |
| 3570 | /// specified. |
| 3571 | SourceRange getIntegerTypeRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 3572 | |
| 3573 | /// Returns the width in bits required to store all the |
| 3574 | /// non-negative enumerators of this enum. |
| 3575 | unsigned getNumPositiveBits() const { return EnumDeclBits.NumPositiveBits; } |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | /// Returns the width in bits required to store all the |
| 3578 | /// negative enumerators of this enum. These widths include |
| 3579 | /// the rightmost leading 1; that is: |
| 3580 | /// |
| 3581 | /// MOST NEGATIVE ENUMERATOR PATTERN NUM NEGATIVE BITS |
| 3582 | /// ------------------------ ------- ----------------- |
| 3583 | /// -1 1111111 1 |
| 3584 | /// -10 1110110 5 |
| 3585 | /// -101 1001011 8 |
| 3586 | unsigned getNumNegativeBits() const { return EnumDeclBits.NumNegativeBits; } |
| 3587 | |
| 3588 | /// Returns true if this is a C++11 scoped enumeration. |
| 3589 | bool isScoped() const { return EnumDeclBits.IsScoped; } |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 | /// Returns true if this is a C++11 scoped enumeration. |
| 3592 | bool isScopedUsingClassTag() const { |
| 3593 | return EnumDeclBits.IsScopedUsingClassTag; |
| 3594 | } |
| 3595 | |
| 3596 | /// Returns true if this is an Objective-C, C++11, or |
| 3597 | /// Microsoft-style enumeration with a fixed underlying type. |
| 3598 | bool isFixed() const { return EnumDeclBits.IsFixed; } |
| 3599 | |
| 3600 | unsigned getODRHash(); |
| 3601 | |
| 3602 | /// Returns true if this can be considered a complete type. |
| 3603 | bool isComplete() const { |
| 3604 | // IntegerType is set for fixed type enums and non-fixed but implicitly |
| 3605 | // int-sized Microsoft enums. |
| 3606 | return isCompleteDefinition() || IntegerType; |
| 3607 | } |
| 3608 | |
| 3609 | /// Returns true if this enum is either annotated with |
| 3610 | /// enum_extensibility(closed) or isn't annotated with enum_extensibility. |
| 3611 | bool isClosed() const; |
| 3612 | |
| 3613 | /// Returns true if this enum is annotated with flag_enum and isn't annotated |
| 3614 | /// with enum_extensibility(open). |
| 3615 | bool isClosedFlag() const; |
| 3616 | |
| 3617 | /// Returns true if this enum is annotated with neither flag_enum nor |
| 3618 | /// enum_extensibility(open). |
| 3619 | bool isClosedNonFlag() const; |
| 3620 | |
| 3621 | /// Retrieve the enum definition from which this enumeration could |
| 3622 | /// be instantiated, if it is an instantiation (rather than a non-template). |
| 3623 | EnumDecl *getTemplateInstantiationPattern() const; |
| 3624 | |
| 3625 | /// Returns the enumeration (declared within the template) |
| 3626 | /// from which this enumeration type was instantiated, or NULL if |
| 3627 | /// this enumeration was not instantiated from any template. |
| 3628 | EnumDecl *getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum() const; |
| 3629 | |
| 3630 | /// If this enumeration is a member of a specialization of a |
| 3631 | /// templated class, determine what kind of template specialization |
| 3632 | /// or instantiation this is. |
| 3633 | TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const; |
| 3634 | |
| 3635 | /// For an enumeration member that was instantiated from a member |
| 3636 | /// enumeration of a templated class, set the template specialiation kind. |
| 3637 | void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
| 3638 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation()); |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 | /// If this enumeration is an instantiation of a member enumeration of |
| 3641 | /// a class template specialization, retrieves the member specialization |
| 3642 | /// information. |
| 3643 | MemberSpecializationInfo *getMemberSpecializationInfo() const { |
| 3644 | return SpecializationInfo; |
| 3645 | } |
| 3646 | |
| 3647 | /// Specify that this enumeration is an instantiation of the |
| 3648 | /// member enumeration ED. |
| 3649 | void setInstantiationOfMemberEnum(EnumDecl *ED, |
| 3650 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) { |
| 3651 | setInstantiationOfMemberEnum(getASTContext(), ED, TSK); |
| 3652 | } |
| 3653 | |
| 3654 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 3655 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Enum; } |
| 3656 | }; |
| 3657 | |
| 3658 | /// Represents a struct/union/class. For example: |
| 3659 | /// struct X; // Forward declaration, no "body". |
| 3660 | /// union Y { int A, B; }; // Has body with members A and B (FieldDecls). |
| 3661 | /// This decl will be marked invalid if *any* members are invalid. |
| 3662 | class RecordDecl : public TagDecl { |
| 3663 | // This class stores some data in DeclContext::RecordDeclBits |
| 3664 | // to save some space. Use the provided accessors to access it. |
| 3665 | public: |
| 3666 | friend class DeclContext; |
| 3667 | /// Enum that represents the different ways arguments are passed to and |
| 3668 | /// returned from function calls. This takes into account the target-specific |
| 3669 | /// and version-specific rules along with the rules determined by the |
| 3670 | /// language. |
| 3671 | enum ArgPassingKind : unsigned { |
| 3672 | /// The argument of this type can be passed directly in registers. |
| 3673 | APK_CanPassInRegs, |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 | /// The argument of this type cannot be passed directly in registers. |
| 3676 | /// Records containing this type as a subobject are not forced to be passed |
| 3677 | /// indirectly. This value is used only in C++. This value is required by |
| 3678 | /// C++ because, in uncommon situations, it is possible for a class to have |
| 3679 | /// only trivial copy/move constructors even when one of its subobjects has |
| 3680 | /// a non-trivial copy/move constructor (if e.g. the corresponding copy/move |
| 3681 | /// constructor in the derived class is deleted). |
| 3682 | APK_CannotPassInRegs, |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 | /// The argument of this type cannot be passed directly in registers. |
| 3685 | /// Records containing this type as a subobject are forced to be passed |
| 3686 | /// indirectly. |
| 3687 | APK_CanNeverPassInRegs |
| 3688 | }; |
| 3689 | |
| 3690 | protected: |
| 3691 | RecordDecl(Kind DK, TagKind TK, const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 3692 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 3693 | IdentifierInfo *Id, RecordDecl *PrevDecl); |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 | public: |
| 3696 | static RecordDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC, |
| 3697 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 3698 | IdentifierInfo *Id, RecordDecl* PrevDecl = nullptr); |
| 3699 | static RecordDecl *CreateDeserialized(const ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 | RecordDecl *getPreviousDecl() { |
| 3702 | return cast_or_null<RecordDecl>( |
| 3703 | static_cast<TagDecl *>(this)->getPreviousDecl()); |
| 3704 | } |
| 3705 | const RecordDecl *getPreviousDecl() const { |
| 3706 | return const_cast<RecordDecl*>(this)->getPreviousDecl(); |
| 3707 | } |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 | RecordDecl *getMostRecentDecl() { |
| 3710 | return cast<RecordDecl>(static_cast<TagDecl *>(this)->getMostRecentDecl()); |
| 3711 | } |
| 3712 | const RecordDecl *getMostRecentDecl() const { |
| 3713 | return const_cast<RecordDecl*>(this)->getMostRecentDecl(); |
| 3714 | } |
| 3715 | |
| 3716 | bool hasFlexibleArrayMember() const { |
| 3717 | return RecordDeclBits.HasFlexibleArrayMember; |
| 3718 | } |
| 3719 | |
| 3720 | void setHasFlexibleArrayMember(bool V) { |
| 3721 | RecordDeclBits.HasFlexibleArrayMember = V; |
| 3722 | } |
| 3723 | |
| 3724 | /// Whether this is an anonymous struct or union. To be an anonymous |
| 3725 | /// struct or union, it must have been declared without a name and |
| 3726 | /// there must be no objects of this type declared, e.g., |
| 3727 | /// @code |
| 3728 | /// union { int i; float f; }; |
| 3729 | /// @endcode |
| 3730 | /// is an anonymous union but neither of the following are: |
| 3731 | /// @code |
| 3732 | /// union X { int i; float f; }; |
| 3733 | /// union { int i; float f; } obj; |
| 3734 | /// @endcode |
| 3735 | bool isAnonymousStructOrUnion() const { |
| 3736 | return RecordDeclBits.AnonymousStructOrUnion; |
| 3737 | } |
| 3738 | |
| 3739 | void setAnonymousStructOrUnion(bool Anon) { |
| 3740 | RecordDeclBits.AnonymousStructOrUnion = Anon; |
| 3741 | } |
| 3742 | |
| 3743 | bool hasObjectMember() const { return RecordDeclBits.HasObjectMember; } |
| 3744 | void setHasObjectMember(bool val) { RecordDeclBits.HasObjectMember = val; } |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 | bool hasVolatileMember() const { return RecordDeclBits.HasVolatileMember; } |
| 3747 | |
| 3748 | void setHasVolatileMember(bool val) { |
| 3749 | RecordDeclBits.HasVolatileMember = val; |
| 3750 | } |
| 3751 | |
| 3752 | bool hasLoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage() const { |
| 3753 | return RecordDeclBits.LoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage; |
| 3754 | } |
| 3755 | |
| 3756 | void setHasLoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage(bool val) const { |
| 3757 | RecordDeclBits.LoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage = val; |
| 3758 | } |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 | /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C structs. |
| 3761 | bool isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const { |
| 3762 | return RecordDeclBits.NonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize; |
| 3763 | } |
| 3764 | |
| 3765 | void setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(bool V) { |
| 3766 | RecordDeclBits.NonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize = V; |
| 3767 | } |
| 3768 | |
| 3769 | bool isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const { |
| 3770 | return RecordDeclBits.NonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy; |
| 3771 | } |
| 3772 | |
| 3773 | void setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(bool V) { |
| 3774 | RecordDeclBits.NonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy = V; |
| 3775 | } |
| 3776 | |
| 3777 | bool isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy() const { |
| 3778 | return RecordDeclBits.NonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy; |
| 3779 | } |
| 3780 | |
| 3781 | void setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(bool V) { |
| 3782 | RecordDeclBits.NonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy = V; |
| 3783 | } |
| 3784 | |
| 3785 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const { |
| 3786 | return RecordDeclBits.HasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion; |
| 3787 | } |
| 3788 | |
| 3789 | void setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(bool V) { |
| 3790 | RecordDeclBits.HasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion = V; |
| 3791 | } |
| 3792 | |
| 3793 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const { |
| 3794 | return RecordDeclBits.HasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion; |
| 3795 | } |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 | void setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(bool V) { |
| 3798 | RecordDeclBits.HasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion = V; |
| 3799 | } |
| 3800 | |
| 3801 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const { |
| 3802 | return RecordDeclBits.HasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion; |
| 3803 | } |
| 3804 | |
| 3805 | void setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(bool V) { |
| 3806 | RecordDeclBits.HasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion = V; |
| 3807 | } |
| 3808 | |
| 3809 | /// Determine whether this class can be passed in registers. In C++ mode, |
| 3810 | /// it must have at least one trivial, non-deleted copy or move constructor. |
| 3811 | /// FIXME: This should be set as part of completeDefinition. |
| 3812 | bool canPassInRegisters() const { |
| 3813 | return getArgPassingRestrictions() == APK_CanPassInRegs; |
| 3814 | } |
| 3815 | |
| 3816 | ArgPassingKind getArgPassingRestrictions() const { |
| 3817 | return static_cast<ArgPassingKind>(RecordDeclBits.ArgPassingRestrictions); |
| 3818 | } |
| 3819 | |
| 3820 | void setArgPassingRestrictions(ArgPassingKind Kind) { |
| 3821 | RecordDeclBits.ArgPassingRestrictions = Kind; |
| 3822 | } |
| 3823 | |
| 3824 | bool isParamDestroyedInCallee() const { |
| 3825 | return RecordDeclBits.ParamDestroyedInCallee; |
| 3826 | } |
| 3827 | |
| 3828 | void setParamDestroyedInCallee(bool V) { |
| 3829 | RecordDeclBits.ParamDestroyedInCallee = V; |
| 3830 | } |
| 3831 | |
| 3832 | /// Determines whether this declaration represents the |
| 3833 | /// injected class name. |
| 3834 | /// |
| 3835 | /// The injected class name in C++ is the name of the class that |
| 3836 | /// appears inside the class itself. For example: |
| 3837 | /// |
| 3838 | /// \code |
| 3839 | /// struct C { |
| 3840 | /// // C is implicitly declared here as a synonym for the class name. |
| 3841 | /// }; |
| 3842 | /// |
| 3843 | /// C::C c; // same as "C c;" |
| 3844 | /// \endcode |
| 3845 | bool isInjectedClassName() const; |
| 3846 | |
| 3847 | /// Determine whether this record is a class describing a lambda |
| 3848 | /// function object. |
| 3849 | bool isLambda() const; |
| 3850 | |
| 3851 | /// Determine whether this record is a record for captured variables in |
| 3852 | /// CapturedStmt construct. |
| 3853 | bool isCapturedRecord() const; |
| 3854 | |
| 3855 | /// Mark the record as a record for captured variables in CapturedStmt |
| 3856 | /// construct. |
| 3857 | void setCapturedRecord(); |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 | /// Returns the RecordDecl that actually defines |
| 3860 | /// this struct/union/class. When determining whether or not a |
| 3861 | /// struct/union/class is completely defined, one should use this |
| 3862 | /// method as opposed to 'isCompleteDefinition'. |
| 3863 | /// 'isCompleteDefinition' indicates whether or not a specific |
| 3864 | /// RecordDecl is a completed definition, not whether or not the |
| 3865 | /// record type is defined. This method returns NULL if there is |
| 3866 | /// no RecordDecl that defines the struct/union/tag. |
| 3867 | RecordDecl *getDefinition() const { |
| 3868 | return cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagDecl::getDefinition()); |
| 3869 | } |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 | // Iterator access to field members. The field iterator only visits |
| 3872 | // the non-static data members of this class, ignoring any static |
| 3873 | // data members, functions, constructors, destructors, etc. |
| 3874 | using field_iterator = specific_decl_iterator<FieldDecl>; |
| 3875 | using field_range = llvm::iterator_range<specific_decl_iterator<FieldDecl>>; |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 | field_range fields() const { return field_range(field_begin(), field_end()); } |
| 3878 | field_iterator field_begin() const; |
| 3879 | |
| 3880 | field_iterator field_end() const { |
| 3881 | return field_iterator(decl_iterator()); |
| 3882 | } |
| 3883 | |
| 3884 | // Whether there are any fields (non-static data members) in this record. |
| 3885 | bool field_empty() const { |
| 3886 | return field_begin() == field_end(); |
| 3887 | } |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 | /// Note that the definition of this type is now complete. |
| 3890 | virtual void completeDefinition(); |
| 3891 | |
| 3892 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 3893 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
| 3894 | return K >= firstRecord && K <= lastRecord; |
| 3895 | } |
| 3896 | |
| 3897 | /// Get whether or not this is an ms_struct which can |
| 3898 | /// be turned on with an attribute, pragma, or -mms-bitfields |
| 3899 | /// commandline option. |
| 3900 | bool isMsStruct(const ASTContext &C) const; |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 | /// Whether we are allowed to insert extra padding between fields. |
| 3903 | /// These padding are added to help AddressSanitizer detect |
| 3904 | /// intra-object-overflow bugs. |
| 3905 | bool mayInsertExtraPadding(bool EmitRemark = false) const; |
| 3906 | |
| 3907 | /// Finds the first data member which has a name. |
| 3908 | /// nullptr is returned if no named data member exists. |
| 3909 | const FieldDecl *findFirstNamedDataMember() const; |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 | private: |
| 3912 | /// Deserialize just the fields. |
| 3913 | void LoadFieldsFromExternalStorage() const; |
| 3914 | }; |
| 3915 | |
| 3916 | class FileScopeAsmDecl : public Decl { |
| 3917 | StringLiteral *AsmString; |
| 3918 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; |
| 3919 | |
| 3920 | FileScopeAsmDecl(DeclContext *DC, StringLiteral *asmstring, |
| 3921 | SourceLocation StartL, SourceLocation EndL) |
| 3922 | : Decl(FileScopeAsm, DC, StartL), AsmString(asmstring), RParenLoc(EndL) {} |
| 3923 | |
| 3924 | virtual void anchor(); |
| 3925 | |
| 3926 | public: |
| 3927 | static FileScopeAsmDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 3928 | StringLiteral *Str, SourceLocation AsmLoc, |
| 3929 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 3930 | |
| 3931 | static FileScopeAsmDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 3932 | |
| 3933 | SourceLocation getAsmLoc() const { return getLocation(); } |
| 3934 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
| 3935 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } |
| 3936 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
| 3937 | return SourceRange(getAsmLoc(), getRParenLoc()); |
| 3938 | } |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 | const StringLiteral *getAsmString() const { return AsmString; } |
| 3941 | StringLiteral *getAsmString() { return AsmString; } |
| 3942 | void setAsmString(StringLiteral *Asm) { AsmString = Asm; } |
| 3943 | |
| 3944 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 3945 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == FileScopeAsm; } |
| 3946 | }; |
| 3947 | |
| 3948 | /// Represents a block literal declaration, which is like an |
| 3949 | /// unnamed FunctionDecl. For example: |
| 3950 | /// ^{ statement-body } or ^(int arg1, float arg2){ statement-body } |
| 3951 | class BlockDecl : public Decl, public DeclContext { |
| 3952 | // This class stores some data in DeclContext::BlockDeclBits |
| 3953 | // to save some space. Use the provided accessors to access it. |
| 3954 | public: |
| 3955 | /// A class which contains all the information about a particular |
| 3956 | /// captured value. |
| 3957 | class Capture { |
| 3958 | enum { |
| 3959 | flag_isByRef = 0x1, |
| 3960 | flag_isNested = 0x2 |
| 3961 | }; |
| 3962 | |
| 3963 | /// The variable being captured. |
| 3964 | llvm::PointerIntPair<VarDecl*, 2> VariableAndFlags; |
| 3965 | |
| 3966 | /// The copy expression, expressed in terms of a DeclRef (or |
| 3967 | /// BlockDeclRef) to the captured variable. Only required if the |
| 3968 | /// variable has a C++ class type. |
| 3969 | Expr *CopyExpr; |
| 3970 | |
| 3971 | public: |
| 3972 | Capture(VarDecl *variable, bool byRef, bool nested, Expr *copy) |
| 3973 | : VariableAndFlags(variable, |
| 3974 | (byRef ? flag_isByRef : 0) | (nested ? flag_isNested : 0)), |
| 3975 | CopyExpr(copy) {} |
| 3976 | |
| 3977 | /// The variable being captured. |
| 3978 | VarDecl *getVariable() const { return VariableAndFlags.getPointer(); } |
| 3979 | |
| 3980 | /// Whether this is a "by ref" capture, i.e. a capture of a __block |
| 3981 | /// variable. |
| 3982 | bool isByRef() const { return VariableAndFlags.getInt() & flag_isByRef; } |
| 3983 | |
| 3984 | bool isEscapingByref() const { |
| 3985 | return getVariable()->isEscapingByref(); |
| 3986 | } |
| 3987 | |
| 3988 | bool isNonEscapingByref() const { |
| 3989 | return getVariable()->isNonEscapingByref(); |
| 3990 | } |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 | /// Whether this is a nested capture, i.e. the variable captured |
| 3993 | /// is not from outside the immediately enclosing function/block. |
| 3994 | bool isNested() const { return VariableAndFlags.getInt() & flag_isNested; } |
| 3995 | |
| 3996 | bool hasCopyExpr() const { return CopyExpr != nullptr; } |
| 3997 | Expr *getCopyExpr() const { return CopyExpr; } |
| 3998 | void setCopyExpr(Expr *e) { CopyExpr = e; } |
| 3999 | }; |
| 4000 | |
| 4001 | private: |
| 4002 | /// A new[]'d array of pointers to ParmVarDecls for the formal |
| 4003 | /// parameters of this function. This is null if a prototype or if there are |
| 4004 | /// no formals. |
| 4005 | ParmVarDecl **ParamInfo = nullptr; |
| 4006 | unsigned NumParams = 0; |
| 4007 | |
| 4008 | Stmt *Body = nullptr; |
| 4009 | TypeSourceInfo *SignatureAsWritten = nullptr; |
| 4010 | |
| 4011 | const Capture *Captures = nullptr; |
| 4012 | unsigned NumCaptures = 0; |
| 4013 | |
| 4014 | unsigned ManglingNumber = 0; |
| 4015 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl = nullptr; |
| 4016 | |
| 4017 | protected: |
| 4018 | BlockDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation CaretLoc); |
| 4019 | |
| 4020 | public: |
| 4021 | static BlockDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L); |
| 4022 | static BlockDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 4023 | |
| 4024 | SourceLocation getCaretLocation() const { return getLocation(); } |
| 4025 | |
| 4026 | bool isVariadic() const { return BlockDeclBits.IsVariadic; } |
| 4027 | void setIsVariadic(bool value) { BlockDeclBits.IsVariadic = value; } |
| 4028 | |
| 4029 | CompoundStmt *getCompoundBody() const { return (CompoundStmt*) Body; } |
| 4030 | Stmt *getBody() const override { return (Stmt*) Body; } |
| 4031 | void setBody(CompoundStmt *B) { Body = (Stmt*) B; } |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 | void setSignatureAsWritten(TypeSourceInfo *Sig) { SignatureAsWritten = Sig; } |
| 4034 | TypeSourceInfo *getSignatureAsWritten() const { return SignatureAsWritten; } |
| 4035 | |
| 4036 | // ArrayRef access to formal parameters. |
| 4037 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> parameters() const { |
| 4038 | return {ParamInfo, getNumParams()}; |
| 4039 | } |
| 4040 | MutableArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> parameters() { |
| 4041 | return {ParamInfo, getNumParams()}; |
| 4042 | } |
| 4043 | |
| 4044 | // Iterator access to formal parameters. |
| 4045 | using param_iterator = MutableArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *>::iterator; |
| 4046 | using param_const_iterator = ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *>::const_iterator; |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 | bool param_empty() const { return parameters().empty(); } |
| 4049 | param_iterator param_begin() { return parameters().begin(); } |
| 4050 | param_iterator param_end() { return parameters().end(); } |
| 4051 | param_const_iterator param_begin() const { return parameters().begin(); } |
| 4052 | param_const_iterator param_end() const { return parameters().end(); } |
| 4053 | size_t param_size() const { return parameters().size(); } |
| 4054 | |
| 4055 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return NumParams; } |
| 4056 | |
| 4057 | const ParmVarDecl *getParamDecl(unsigned i) const { |
| 4058 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #")((i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"Illegal param #\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 4058, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 4059 | return ParamInfo[i]; |
| 4060 | } |
| 4061 | ParmVarDecl *getParamDecl(unsigned i) { |
| 4062 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #")((i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"Illegal param #\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 4062, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 4063 | return ParamInfo[i]; |
| 4064 | } |
| 4065 | |
| 4066 | void setParams(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> NewParamInfo); |
| 4067 | |
| 4068 | /// True if this block (or its nested blocks) captures |
| 4069 | /// anything of local storage from its enclosing scopes. |
| 4070 | bool hasCaptures() const { return NumCaptures || capturesCXXThis(); } |
| 4071 | |
| 4072 | /// Returns the number of captured variables. |
| 4073 | /// Does not include an entry for 'this'. |
| 4074 | unsigned getNumCaptures() const { return NumCaptures; } |
| 4075 | |
| 4076 | using capture_const_iterator = ArrayRef<Capture>::const_iterator; |
| 4077 | |
| 4078 | ArrayRef<Capture> captures() const { return {Captures, NumCaptures}; } |
| 4079 | |
| 4080 | capture_const_iterator capture_begin() const { return captures().begin(); } |
| 4081 | capture_const_iterator capture_end() const { return captures().end(); } |
| 4082 | |
| 4083 | bool capturesCXXThis() const { return BlockDeclBits.CapturesCXXThis; } |
| 4084 | void setCapturesCXXThis(bool B = true) { BlockDeclBits.CapturesCXXThis = B; } |
| 4085 | |
| 4086 | bool blockMissingReturnType() const { |
| 4087 | return BlockDeclBits.BlockMissingReturnType; |
| 4088 | } |
| 4089 | |
| 4090 | void setBlockMissingReturnType(bool val = true) { |
| 4091 | BlockDeclBits.BlockMissingReturnType = val; |
| 4092 | } |
| 4093 | |
| 4094 | bool isConversionFromLambda() const { |
| 4095 | return BlockDeclBits.IsConversionFromLambda; |
| 4096 | } |
| 4097 | |
| 4098 | void setIsConversionFromLambda(bool val = true) { |
| 4099 | BlockDeclBits.IsConversionFromLambda = val; |
| 4100 | } |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 | bool doesNotEscape() const { return BlockDeclBits.DoesNotEscape; } |
| 4103 | void setDoesNotEscape(bool B = true) { BlockDeclBits.DoesNotEscape = B; } |
| 4104 | |
| 4105 | bool canAvoidCopyToHeap() const { |
| 4106 | return BlockDeclBits.CanAvoidCopyToHeap; |
| 4107 | } |
| 4108 | void setCanAvoidCopyToHeap(bool B = true) { |
| 4109 | BlockDeclBits.CanAvoidCopyToHeap = B; |
| 4110 | } |
| 4111 | |
| 4112 | bool capturesVariable(const VarDecl *var) const; |
| 4113 | |
| 4114 | void setCaptures(ASTContext &Context, ArrayRef<Capture> Captures, |
| 4115 | bool CapturesCXXThis); |
| 4116 | |
| 4117 | unsigned getBlockManglingNumber() const { return ManglingNumber; } |
| 4118 | |
| 4119 | Decl *getBlockManglingContextDecl() const { return ManglingContextDecl; } |
| 4120 | |
| 4121 | void setBlockMangling(unsigned Number, Decl *Ctx) { |
| 4122 | ManglingNumber = Number; |
| 4123 | ManglingContextDecl = Ctx; |
| 4124 | } |
| 4125 | |
| 4126 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 4127 | |
| 4128 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 4129 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 4130 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Block; } |
| 4131 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const BlockDecl *D) { |
| 4132 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<BlockDecl*>(D)); |
| 4133 | } |
| 4134 | static BlockDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
| 4135 | return static_cast<BlockDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
| 4136 | } |
| 4137 | }; |
| 4138 | |
| 4139 | /// Represents the body of a CapturedStmt, and serves as its DeclContext. |
| 4140 | class CapturedDecl final |
| 4141 | : public Decl, |
| 4142 | public DeclContext, |
| 4143 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CapturedDecl, ImplicitParamDecl *> { |
| 4144 | protected: |
| 4145 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ImplicitParamDecl>) { |
| 4146 | return NumParams; |
| 4147 | } |
| 4148 | |
| 4149 | private: |
| 4150 | /// The number of parameters to the outlined function. |
| 4151 | unsigned NumParams; |
| 4152 | |
| 4153 | /// The position of context parameter in list of parameters. |
| 4154 | unsigned ContextParam; |
| 4155 | |
| 4156 | /// The body of the outlined function. |
| 4157 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Stmt *, 1, bool> BodyAndNothrow; |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 | explicit CapturedDecl(DeclContext *DC, unsigned NumParams); |
| 4160 | |
| 4161 | ImplicitParamDecl *const *getParams() const { |
| 4162 | return getTrailingObjects<ImplicitParamDecl *>(); |
| 4163 | } |
| 4164 | |
| 4165 | ImplicitParamDecl **getParams() { |
| 4166 | return getTrailingObjects<ImplicitParamDecl *>(); |
| 4167 | } |
| 4168 | |
| 4169 | public: |
| 4170 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 4171 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
| 4172 | friend TrailingObjects; |
| 4173 | |
| 4174 | static CapturedDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 4175 | unsigned NumParams); |
| 4176 | static CapturedDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, |
| 4177 | unsigned NumParams); |
| 4178 | |
| 4179 | Stmt *getBody() const override; |
| 4180 | void setBody(Stmt *B); |
| 4181 | |
| 4182 | bool isNothrow() const; |
| 4183 | void setNothrow(bool Nothrow = true); |
| 4184 | |
| 4185 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return NumParams; } |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 | ImplicitParamDecl *getParam(unsigned i) const { |
| 4188 | assert(i < NumParams)((i < NumParams) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < NumParams", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 4188, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 4189 | return getParams()[i]; |
| 4190 | } |
| 4191 | void setParam(unsigned i, ImplicitParamDecl *P) { |
| 4192 | assert(i < NumParams)((i < NumParams) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < NumParams", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 4192, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 4193 | getParams()[i] = P; |
| 4194 | } |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 | // ArrayRef interface to parameters. |
| 4197 | ArrayRef<ImplicitParamDecl *> parameters() const { |
| 4198 | return {getParams(), getNumParams()}; |
| 4199 | } |
| 4200 | MutableArrayRef<ImplicitParamDecl *> parameters() { |
| 4201 | return {getParams(), getNumParams()}; |
| 4202 | } |
| 4203 | |
| 4204 | /// Retrieve the parameter containing captured variables. |
| 4205 | ImplicitParamDecl *getContextParam() const { |
| 4206 | assert(ContextParam < NumParams)((ContextParam < NumParams) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ContextParam < NumParams", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 4206, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 4207 | return getParam(ContextParam); |
| 4208 | } |
| 4209 | void setContextParam(unsigned i, ImplicitParamDecl *P) { |
| 4210 | assert(i < NumParams)((i < NumParams) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < NumParams", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 4210, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 4211 | ContextParam = i; |
| 4212 | setParam(i, P); |
| 4213 | } |
| 4214 | unsigned getContextParamPosition() const { return ContextParam; } |
| 4215 | |
| 4216 | using param_iterator = ImplicitParamDecl *const *; |
| 4217 | using param_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_iterator>; |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 | /// Retrieve an iterator pointing to the first parameter decl. |
| 4220 | param_iterator param_begin() const { return getParams(); } |
| 4221 | /// Retrieve an iterator one past the last parameter decl. |
| 4222 | param_iterator param_end() const { return getParams() + NumParams; } |
| 4223 | |
| 4224 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 4225 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 4226 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Captured; } |
| 4227 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const CapturedDecl *D) { |
| 4228 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<CapturedDecl *>(D)); |
| 4229 | } |
| 4230 | static CapturedDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
| 4231 | return static_cast<CapturedDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext *>(DC)); |
| 4232 | } |
| 4233 | }; |
| 4234 | |
| 4235 | /// Describes a module import declaration, which makes the contents |
| 4236 | /// of the named module visible in the current translation unit. |
| 4237 | /// |
| 4238 | /// An import declaration imports the named module (or submodule). For example: |
| 4239 | /// \code |
| 4240 | /// @import std.vector; |
| 4241 | /// \endcode |
| 4242 | /// |
| 4243 | /// Import declarations can also be implicitly generated from |
| 4244 | /// \#include/\#import directives. |
| 4245 | class ImportDecl final : public Decl, |
| 4246 | llvm::TrailingObjects<ImportDecl, SourceLocation> { |
| 4247 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 4248 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 4249 | friend class ASTReader; |
| 4250 | friend TrailingObjects; |
| 4251 | |
| 4252 | /// The imported module, along with a bit that indicates whether |
| 4253 | /// we have source-location information for each identifier in the module |
| 4254 | /// name. |
| 4255 | /// |
| 4256 | /// When the bit is false, we only have a single source location for the |
| 4257 | /// end of the import declaration. |
| 4258 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Module *, 1, bool> ImportedAndComplete; |
| 4259 | |
| 4260 | /// The next import in the list of imports local to the translation |
| 4261 | /// unit being parsed (not loaded from an AST file). |
| 4262 | ImportDecl *NextLocalImport = nullptr; |
| 4263 | |
| 4264 | ImportDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, Module *Imported, |
| 4265 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> IdentifierLocs); |
| 4266 | |
| 4267 | ImportDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, Module *Imported, |
| 4268 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 4269 | |
| 4270 | ImportDecl(EmptyShell Empty) : Decl(Import, Empty) {} |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 | public: |
| 4273 | /// Create a new module import declaration. |
| 4274 | static ImportDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 4275 | SourceLocation StartLoc, Module *Imported, |
| 4276 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> IdentifierLocs); |
| 4277 | |
| 4278 | /// Create a new module import declaration for an implicitly-generated |
| 4279 | /// import. |
| 4280 | static ImportDecl *CreateImplicit(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 4281 | SourceLocation StartLoc, Module *Imported, |
| 4282 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 4283 | |
| 4284 | /// Create a new, deserialized module import declaration. |
| 4285 | static ImportDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, |
| 4286 | unsigned NumLocations); |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 | /// Retrieve the module that was imported by the import declaration. |
| 4289 | Module *getImportedModule() const { return ImportedAndComplete.getPointer(); } |
| 4290 | |
| 4291 | /// Retrieves the locations of each of the identifiers that make up |
| 4292 | /// the complete module name in the import declaration. |
| 4293 | /// |
| 4294 | /// This will return an empty array if the locations of the individual |
| 4295 | /// identifiers aren't available. |
| 4296 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> getIdentifierLocs() const; |
| 4297 | |
| 4298 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 4299 | |
| 4300 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 4301 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Import; } |
| 4302 | }; |
| 4303 | |
| 4304 | /// Represents a C++ Modules TS module export declaration. |
| 4305 | /// |
| 4306 | /// For example: |
| 4307 | /// \code |
| 4308 | /// export void foo(); |
| 4309 | /// \endcode |
| 4310 | class ExportDecl final : public Decl, public DeclContext { |
| 4311 | virtual void anchor(); |
| 4312 | |
| 4313 | private: |
| 4314 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 | /// The source location for the right brace (if valid). |
| 4317 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc; |
| 4318 | |
| 4319 | ExportDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation ExportLoc) |
| 4320 | : Decl(Export, DC, ExportLoc), DeclContext(Export), |
| 4321 | RBraceLoc(SourceLocation()) {} |
| 4322 | |
| 4323 | public: |
| 4324 | static ExportDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 4325 | SourceLocation ExportLoc); |
| 4326 | static ExportDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 4327 | |
| 4328 | SourceLocation getExportLoc() const { return getLocation(); } |
| 4329 | SourceLocation getRBraceLoc() const { return RBraceLoc; } |
| 4330 | void setRBraceLoc(SourceLocation L) { RBraceLoc = L; } |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 | bool hasBraces() const { return RBraceLoc.isValid(); } |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
| 4335 | if (hasBraces()) |
| 4336 | return RBraceLoc; |
| 4337 | // No braces: get the end location of the (only) declaration in context |
| 4338 | // (if present). |
| 4339 | return decls_empty() ? getLocation() : decls_begin()->getEndLoc(); |
| 4340 | } |
| 4341 | |
| 4342 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
| 4343 | return SourceRange(getLocation(), getEndLoc()); |
| 4344 | } |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 4347 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Export; } |
| 4348 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const ExportDecl *D) { |
| 4349 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<ExportDecl*>(D)); |
| 4350 | } |
| 4351 | static ExportDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
| 4352 | return static_cast<ExportDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
| 4353 | } |
| 4354 | }; |
| 4355 | |
| 4356 | /// Represents an empty-declaration. |
| 4357 | class EmptyDecl : public Decl { |
| 4358 | EmptyDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L) : Decl(Empty, DC, L) {} |
| 4359 | |
| 4360 | virtual void anchor(); |
| 4361 | |
| 4362 | public: |
| 4363 | static EmptyDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 4364 | SourceLocation L); |
| 4365 | static EmptyDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 4366 | |
| 4367 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 4368 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Empty; } |
| 4369 | }; |
| 4370 | |
| 4371 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending NamedDecl's |
| 4372 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
| 4373 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
| 4374 | const NamedDecl* ND) { |
| 4375 | DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(ND), |
| 4376 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_nameddecl); |
| 4377 | return DB; |
| 4378 | } |
| 4379 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
| 4380 | const NamedDecl* ND) { |
| 4381 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(ND), |
| 4382 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_nameddecl); |
| 4383 | return PD; |
| 4384 | } |
| 4385 | |
| 4386 | template<typename decl_type> |
| 4387 | void Redeclarable<decl_type>::setPreviousDecl(decl_type *PrevDecl) { |
| 4388 | // Note: This routine is implemented here because we need both NamedDecl |
| 4389 | // and Redeclarable to be defined. |
| 4390 | assert(RedeclLink.isFirst() &&((RedeclLink.isFirst() && "setPreviousDecl on a decl already in a redeclaration chain" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RedeclLink.isFirst() && \"setPreviousDecl on a decl already in a redeclaration chain\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 4391, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 4391 | "setPreviousDecl on a decl already in a redeclaration chain")((RedeclLink.isFirst() && "setPreviousDecl on a decl already in a redeclaration chain" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RedeclLink.isFirst() && \"setPreviousDecl on a decl already in a redeclaration chain\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 4391, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 4392 | |
| 4393 | if (PrevDecl) { |
| 4394 | // Point to previous. Make sure that this is actually the most recent |
| 4395 | // redeclaration, or we can build invalid chains. If the most recent |
| 4396 | // redeclaration is invalid, it won't be PrevDecl, but we want it anyway. |
| 4397 | First = PrevDecl->getFirstDecl(); |
| 4398 | assert(First->RedeclLink.isFirst() && "Expected first")((First->RedeclLink.isFirst() && "Expected first") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("First->RedeclLink.isFirst() && \"Expected first\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 4398, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 4399 | decl_type *MostRecent = First->getNextRedeclaration(); |
| 4400 | RedeclLink = PreviousDeclLink(cast<decl_type>(MostRecent)); |
| 4401 | |
| 4402 | // If the declaration was previously visible, a redeclaration of it remains |
| 4403 | // visible even if it wouldn't be visible by itself. |
| 4404 | static_cast<decl_type*>(this)->IdentifierNamespace |= |
| 4405 | MostRecent->getIdentifierNamespace() & |
| 4406 | (Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Type); |
| 4407 | } else { |
| 4408 | // Make this first. |
| 4409 | First = static_cast<decl_type*>(this); |
| 4410 | } |
| 4411 | |
| 4412 | // First one will point to this one as latest. |
| 4413 | First->RedeclLink.setLatest(static_cast<decl_type*>(this)); |
| 4414 | |
| 4415 | assert(!isa<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this)) ||((!isa<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this)) || cast<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this))-> isLinkageValid()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this)) || cast<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this))->isLinkageValid()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 4416, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 4416 | cast<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this))->isLinkageValid())((!isa<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this)) || cast<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this))-> isLinkageValid()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this)) || cast<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this))->isLinkageValid()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 4416, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 4417 | } |
| 4418 | |
| 4419 | // Inline function definitions. |
| 4420 | |
| 4421 | /// Check if the given decl is complete. |
| 4422 | /// |
| 4423 | /// We use this function to break a cycle between the inline definitions in |
| 4424 | /// Type.h and Decl.h. |
| 4425 | inline bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *ED) { |
| 4426 | return ED->isComplete(); |
| 4427 | } |
| 4428 | |
| 4429 | /// Check if the given decl is scoped. |
| 4430 | /// |
| 4431 | /// We use this function to break a cycle between the inline definitions in |
| 4432 | /// Type.h and Decl.h. |
| 4433 | inline bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *ED) { |
| 4434 | return ED->isScoped(); |
| 4435 | } |
| 4436 | |
| 4437 | } // namespace clang |
| 4438 | |
| 4439 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECL_H |
| 1 | //===- llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h - Discriminated Union of 2 Ptrs --*- C++ -*-===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
| 6 | // |
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8 | // |
| 9 | // This file defines the PointerUnion class, which is a discriminated union of |
| 10 | // pointer types. |
| 11 | // |
| 12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 13 | |
| 14 | #ifndef LLVM_ADT_POINTERUNION_H |
| 15 | #define LLVM_ADT_POINTERUNION_H |
| 16 | |
| 17 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h" |
| 18 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
| 19 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
| 20 | #include <cassert> |
| 21 | #include <cstddef> |
| 22 | #include <cstdint> |
| 23 | |
| 24 | namespace llvm { |
| 25 | |
| 26 | template <typename T> struct PointerUnionTypeSelectorReturn { |
| 27 | using Return = T; |
| 28 | }; |
| 29 | |
| 30 | /// Get a type based on whether two types are the same or not. |
| 31 | /// |
| 32 | /// For: |
| 33 | /// |
| 34 | /// \code |
| 35 | /// using Ret = typename PointerUnionTypeSelector<T1, T2, EQ, NE>::Return; |
| 36 | /// \endcode |
| 37 | /// |
| 38 | /// Ret will be EQ type if T1 is same as T2 or NE type otherwise. |
| 39 | template <typename T1, typename T2, typename RET_EQ, typename RET_NE> |
| 40 | struct PointerUnionTypeSelector { |
| 41 | using Return = typename PointerUnionTypeSelectorReturn<RET_NE>::Return; |
| 42 | }; |
| 43 | |
| 44 | template <typename T, typename RET_EQ, typename RET_NE> |
| 45 | struct PointerUnionTypeSelector<T, T, RET_EQ, RET_NE> { |
| 46 | using Return = typename PointerUnionTypeSelectorReturn<RET_EQ>::Return; |
| 47 | }; |
| 48 | |
| 49 | template <typename T1, typename T2, typename RET_EQ, typename RET_NE> |
| 50 | struct PointerUnionTypeSelectorReturn< |
| 51 | PointerUnionTypeSelector<T1, T2, RET_EQ, RET_NE>> { |
| 52 | using Return = |
| 53 | typename PointerUnionTypeSelector<T1, T2, RET_EQ, RET_NE>::Return; |
| 54 | }; |
| 55 | |
| 56 | namespace pointer_union_detail { |
| 57 | /// Determine the number of bits required to store integers with values < n. |
| 58 | /// This is ceil(log2(n)). |
| 59 | constexpr int bitsRequired(unsigned n) { |
| 60 | return n > 1 ? 1 + bitsRequired((n + 1) / 2) : 0; |
| 61 | } |
| 62 | |
| 63 | template <typename... Ts> constexpr int lowBitsAvailable() { |
| 64 | return std::min<int>({PointerLikeTypeTraits<Ts>::NumLowBitsAvailable...}); |
| 65 | } |
| 66 | |
| 67 | /// Find the index of a type in a list of types. TypeIndex<T, Us...>::Index |
| 68 | /// is the index of T in Us, or sizeof...(Us) if T does not appear in the |
| 69 | /// list. |
| 70 | template <typename T, typename ...Us> struct TypeIndex; |
| 71 | template <typename T, typename ...Us> struct TypeIndex<T, T, Us...> { |
| 72 | static constexpr int Index = 0; |
| 73 | }; |
| 74 | template <typename T, typename U, typename... Us> |
| 75 | struct TypeIndex<T, U, Us...> { |
| 76 | static constexpr int Index = 1 + TypeIndex<T, Us...>::Index; |
| 77 | }; |
| 78 | template <typename T> struct TypeIndex<T> { |
| 79 | static constexpr int Index = 0; |
| 80 | }; |
| 81 | |
| 82 | /// Find the first type in a list of types. |
| 83 | template <typename T, typename...> struct GetFirstType { |
| 84 | using type = T; |
| 85 | }; |
| 86 | |
| 87 | /// Provide PointerLikeTypeTraits for void* that is used by PointerUnion |
| 88 | /// for the template arguments. |
| 89 | template <typename ...PTs> class PointerUnionUIntTraits { |
| 90 | public: |
| 91 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(void *P) { return P; } |
| 92 | static inline void *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { return P; } |
| 93 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = lowBitsAvailable<PTs...>(); |
| 94 | }; |
| 95 | |
| 96 | /// Implement assigment in terms of construction. |
| 97 | template <typename Derived, typename T> struct AssignableFrom { |
| 98 | Derived &operator=(T t) { |
| 99 | return static_cast<Derived &>(*this) = Derived(t); |
| 100 | } |
| 101 | }; |
| 102 | |
| 103 | template <typename Derived, typename ValTy, int I, typename ...Types> |
| 104 | class PointerUnionMembers; |
| 105 | |
| 106 | template <typename Derived, typename ValTy, int I> |
| 107 | class PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I> { |
| 108 | protected: |
| 109 | ValTy Val; |
| 110 | PointerUnionMembers() = default; |
| 111 | PointerUnionMembers(ValTy Val) : Val(Val) {} |
| 112 | |
| 113 | friend struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<Derived>; |
| 114 | }; |
| 115 | |
| 116 | template <typename Derived, typename ValTy, int I, typename Type, |
| 117 | typename ...Types> |
| 118 | class PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I, Type, Types...> |
| 119 | : public PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I + 1, Types...> { |
| 120 | using Base = PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I + 1, Types...>; |
| 121 | public: |
| 122 | using Base::Base; |
| 123 | PointerUnionMembers() = default; |
| 124 | PointerUnionMembers(Type V) |
| 125 | : Base(ValTy(const_cast<void *>( |
| 126 | PointerLikeTypeTraits<Type>::getAsVoidPointer(V)), |
| 127 | I)) {} |
| 128 | |
| 129 | using Base::operator=; |
| 130 | Derived &operator=(Type V) { |
| 131 | this->Val = ValTy( |
| 132 | const_cast<void *>(PointerLikeTypeTraits<Type>::getAsVoidPointer(V)), |
| 133 | I); |
| 134 | return static_cast<Derived &>(*this); |
| 135 | }; |
| 136 | }; |
| 137 | } |
| 138 | |
| 139 | /// A discriminated union of two or more pointer types, with the discriminator |
| 140 | /// in the low bit of the pointer. |
| 141 | /// |
| 142 | /// This implementation is extremely efficient in space due to leveraging the |
| 143 | /// low bits of the pointer, while exposing a natural and type-safe API. |
| 144 | /// |
| 145 | /// Common use patterns would be something like this: |
| 146 | /// PointerUnion<int*, float*> P; |
| 147 | /// P = (int*)0; |
| 148 | /// printf("%d %d", P.is<int*>(), P.is<float*>()); // prints "1 0" |
| 149 | /// X = P.get<int*>(); // ok. |
| 150 | /// Y = P.get<float*>(); // runtime assertion failure. |
| 151 | /// Z = P.get<double*>(); // compile time failure. |
| 152 | /// P = (float*)0; |
| 153 | /// Y = P.get<float*>(); // ok. |
| 154 | /// X = P.get<int*>(); // runtime assertion failure. |
| 155 | template <typename... PTs> |
| 156 | class PointerUnion |
| 157 | : public pointer_union_detail::PointerUnionMembers< |
| 158 | PointerUnion<PTs...>, |
| 159 | PointerIntPair< |
| 160 | void *, pointer_union_detail::bitsRequired(sizeof...(PTs)), int, |
| 161 | pointer_union_detail::PointerUnionUIntTraits<PTs...>>, |
| 162 | 0, PTs...> { |
| 163 | // The first type is special because we want to directly cast a pointer to a |
| 164 | // default-initialized union to a pointer to the first type. But we don't |
| 165 | // want PointerUnion to be a 'template <typename First, typename ...Rest>' |
| 166 | // because it's much more convenient to have a name for the whole pack. So |
| 167 | // split off the first type here. |
| 168 | using First = typename pointer_union_detail::GetFirstType<PTs...>::type; |
| 169 | using Base = typename PointerUnion::PointerUnionMembers; |
| 170 | |
| 171 | public: |
| 172 | PointerUnion() = default; |
| 173 | |
| 174 | PointerUnion(std::nullptr_t) : PointerUnion() {} |
| 175 | using Base::Base; |
| 176 | |
| 177 | /// Test if the pointer held in the union is null, regardless of |
| 178 | /// which type it is. |
| 179 | bool isNull() const { return !this->Val.getPointer(); } |
| 180 | |
| 181 | explicit operator bool() const { return !isNull(); } |
| 182 | |
| 183 | /// Test if the Union currently holds the type matching T. |
| 184 | template <typename T> int is() const { |
| 185 | constexpr int Index = pointer_union_detail::TypeIndex<T, PTs...>::Index; |
| 186 | static_assert(Index < sizeof...(PTs), |
| 187 | "PointerUnion::is<T> given type not in the union"); |
| 188 | return this->Val.getInt() == Index; |
| 189 | } |
| 190 | |
| 191 | /// Returns the value of the specified pointer type. |
| 192 | /// |
| 193 | /// If the specified pointer type is incorrect, assert. |
| 194 | template <typename T> T get() const { |
| 195 | assert(is<T>() && "Invalid accessor called")((is<T>() && "Invalid accessor called") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("is<T>() && \"Invalid accessor called\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" , 195, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 196 | return PointerLikeTypeTraits<T>::getFromVoidPointer(this->Val.getPointer()); |
| 197 | } |
| 198 | |
| 199 | /// Returns the current pointer if it is of the specified pointer type, |
| 200 | /// otherwises returns null. |
| 201 | template <typename T> T dyn_cast() const { |
| 202 | if (is<T>()) |
| 203 | return get<T>(); |
| 204 | return T(); |
| 205 | } |
| 206 | |
| 207 | /// If the union is set to the first pointer type get an address pointing to |
| 208 | /// it. |
| 209 | First const *getAddrOfPtr1() const { |
| 210 | return const_cast<PointerUnion *>(this)->getAddrOfPtr1(); |
| 211 | } |
| 212 | |
| 213 | /// If the union is set to the first pointer type get an address pointing to |
| 214 | /// it. |
| 215 | First *getAddrOfPtr1() { |
| 216 | assert(is<First>() && "Val is not the first pointer")((is<First>() && "Val is not the first pointer" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("is<First>() && \"Val is not the first pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" , 216, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 217 | assert(((PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get< First>()) == this->Val.getPointer() && "Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get<First>()) == this->Val.getPointer() && \"Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" , 220, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 218 | PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get<First>()) ==((PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get< First>()) == this->Val.getPointer() && "Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get<First>()) == this->Val.getPointer() && \"Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" , 220, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 219 | this->Val.getPointer() &&((PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get< First>()) == this->Val.getPointer() && "Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get<First>()) == this->Val.getPointer() && \"Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" , 220, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 220 | "Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr")((PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get< First>()) == this->Val.getPointer() && "Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get<First>()) == this->Val.getPointer() && \"Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" , 220, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 221 | return const_cast<First *>( |
| 222 | reinterpret_cast<const First *>(this->Val.getAddrOfPointer())); |
| 223 | } |
| 224 | |
| 225 | /// Assignment from nullptr which just clears the union. |
| 226 | const PointerUnion &operator=(std::nullptr_t) { |
| 227 | this->Val.initWithPointer(nullptr); |
| 228 | return *this; |
| 229 | } |
| 230 | |
| 231 | /// Assignment from elements of the union. |
| 232 | using Base::operator=; |
| 233 | |
| 234 | void *getOpaqueValue() const { return this->Val.getOpaqueValue(); } |
| 235 | static inline PointerUnion getFromOpaqueValue(void *VP) { |
| 236 | PointerUnion V; |
| 237 | V.Val = decltype(V.Val)::getFromOpaqueValue(VP); |
| 238 | return V; |
| 239 | } |
| 240 | }; |
| 241 | |
| 242 | template <typename ...PTs> |
| 243 | bool operator==(PointerUnion<PTs...> lhs, PointerUnion<PTs...> rhs) { |
| 244 | return lhs.getOpaqueValue() == rhs.getOpaqueValue(); |
| 245 | } |
| 246 | |
| 247 | template <typename ...PTs> |
| 248 | bool operator!=(PointerUnion<PTs...> lhs, PointerUnion<PTs...> rhs) { |
| 249 | return lhs.getOpaqueValue() != rhs.getOpaqueValue(); |
| 250 | } |
| 251 | |
| 252 | template <typename ...PTs> |
| 253 | bool operator<(PointerUnion<PTs...> lhs, PointerUnion<PTs...> rhs) { |
| 254 | return lhs.getOpaqueValue() < rhs.getOpaqueValue(); |
| 255 | } |
| 256 | |
| 257 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that PointerUnion is "basically a pointer", that has |
| 258 | // # low bits available = min(PT1bits,PT2bits)-1. |
| 259 | template <typename ...PTs> |
| 260 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<PointerUnion<PTs...>> { |
| 261 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(const PointerUnion<PTs...> &P) { |
| 262 | return P.getOpaqueValue(); |
| 263 | } |
| 264 | |
| 265 | static inline PointerUnion<PTs...> getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
| 266 | return PointerUnion<PTs...>::getFromOpaqueValue(P); |
| 267 | } |
| 268 | |
| 269 | // The number of bits available are the min of the pointer types minus the |
| 270 | // bits needed for the discriminator. |
| 271 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = PointerLikeTypeTraits<decltype( |
| 272 | PointerUnion<PTs...>::Val)>::NumLowBitsAvailable; |
| 273 | }; |
| 274 | |
| 275 | /// A pointer union of three pointer types. See documentation for PointerUnion |
| 276 | /// for usage. |
| 277 | template <typename PT1, typename PT2, typename PT3> |
| 278 | using PointerUnion3 = PointerUnion<PT1, PT2, PT3>; |
| 279 | |
| 280 | /// A pointer union of four pointer types. See documentation for PointerUnion |
| 281 | /// for usage. |
| 282 | template <typename PT1, typename PT2, typename PT3, typename PT4> |
| 283 | using PointerUnion4 = PointerUnion<PT1, PT2, PT3, PT4>; |
| 284 | |
| 285 | // Teach DenseMap how to use PointerUnions as keys. |
| 286 | template <typename ...PTs> struct DenseMapInfo<PointerUnion<PTs...>> { |
| 287 | using Union = PointerUnion<PTs...>; |
| 288 | using FirstInfo = |
| 289 | DenseMapInfo<typename pointer_union_detail::GetFirstType<PTs...>::type>; |
| 290 | |
| 291 | static inline Union getEmptyKey() { return Union(FirstInfo::getEmptyKey()); } |
| 292 | |
| 293 | static inline Union getTombstoneKey() { |
| 294 | return Union(FirstInfo::getTombstoneKey()); |
| 295 | } |
| 296 | |
| 297 | static unsigned getHashValue(const Union &UnionVal) { |
| 298 | intptr_t key = (intptr_t)UnionVal.getOpaqueValue(); |
| 299 | return DenseMapInfo<intptr_t>::getHashValue(key); |
| 300 | } |
| 301 | |
| 302 | static bool isEqual(const Union &LHS, const Union &RHS) { |
| 303 | return LHS == RHS; |
| 304 | } |
| 305 | }; |
| 306 | |
| 307 | } // end namespace llvm |
| 308 | |
| 309 | #endif // LLVM_ADT_POINTERUNION_H |